summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/65099-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/65099-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/65099-0.txt8535
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 8535 deletions
diff --git a/old/65099-0.txt b/old/65099-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a58d2f..0000000
--- a/old/65099-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8535 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of With John Paul Jones, by John T. McIntyre
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this eBook.
-
-Title: With John Paul Jones
-
-Author: John T. McIntyre
-
-Illustrator: Clyde O. Deland
-
-Release Date: April 18, 2021 [eBook #65099]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-Produced by: D A Alexander, David E. Brown, and the Online Distributed
- Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
- produced from images generously made available by the Library
- of Congress)
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK WITH JOHN PAUL JONES ***
-
-
-
-
- _To
- Rebbie and Fanny Graham_
-
-
-[Illustration: _JOHN PAUL JONES FLUSHED WITH PLEASURE_]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
- _With_
- JOHN PAUL
- JONES
-
-
- _by_
- John T. M^cIntyre
- _Author of_
- “Fighting King George” etc.
-
- Illustrated
- _by_
- Clyde O. Deland
-
-
- THE PENN
- PUBLISHING
- COMPANY
- PHILADELPHIA
- MCMVI
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
- COPYRIGHT 1906 BY THE PENN PUBLISHING COMPANY
-
-
-
-
-Contents
-
-
- CHAP. PAGE
-
- I HOW ETHAN CARLYLE BROUGHT THE NEWS OF BURGOYNE’S SURRENDER 9
-
- II HOW A SPY LISTENED AT THE WINDOW 21
-
- III HOW THE SHALLOP ATTACKED THE ISLAND QUEEN 32
-
- IV SHOWS HOW THE RANGER SAILED FOR FRANCE 46
-
- V HOW ETHAN CARLYLE FACED THE BULLY OF THE RANGER 62
-
- VI WHAT HAPPENED BY NIGHT IN THE HARBOR OF NANTES 73
-
- VII HOW LONGSWORD STRUCK HOME 82
-
- VIII SHOWS HOW BENJAMIN FRANKLIN OPENED THE SECRET DISPATCH 104
-
- IX HOW ETHAN AND LONGSWORD MET A MAN NAMED FOCHARD 114
-
- X THE CRUISE OF THE RANGER 130
-
- XI ON ST. MARY’S ISLE 151
-
- XII IN WHICH DANVERS APPEARS ONCE MORE 162
-
- XIII HOW THE SPY LOST HIS PRISONERS 176
-
- XIV HOW ETHAN AND LONGSWORD TOOK THE SCHOONER 192
-
- XV HOW THE SCHOONER CAME UPON THE DRAKE IN THE DARKNESS 209
-
- XVI HOW THE RANGER FOUGHT THE DRAKE 216
-
- XVII THE SECRET AGENT ONCE MORE 230
-
- XVIII THE ROAD TO BREST 251
-
- XIX HOW THE ERIN PUT TO SEA 266
-
- XX SHOWS HOW A SOLDIER CAME OUT OF MILL PRISON 279
-
- XXI THE EXPLOIT OF MASTER DIRK HATFIELD 293
-
- XXII THE PRESS-GANG 304
-
- XXIII HOW THE BON HOMME RICHARD MET THE SERAPIS 319
-
- XXIV HOW THE SERAPIS STRUCK HER FLAG 339
-
- XXV HOME AND LIBERTY 354
-
-
-
-
-Illustrations
-
-
- JOHN PAUL JONES FLUSHED WITH PLEASURE _Frontispiece_
-
- PAGE
-
- “I’LL DO IT,” SAID ETHAN PROMPTLY 26
-
- “KEEP THEM AT SWORD’S LENGTH,” SAID CAPTAIN JONES 99
-
- DANVERS CAME DOWN INTO THE HOLD 171
-
- ETHAN CARLYLE STOOD BEFORE THEM 204
-
- AN ANGRY LOOK CAME INTO HATFIELD’S EYES 313
-
- HE BEGAN TO THROW THE GRENADES 349
-
-
-
-
-With John Paul Jones
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I
-
-HOW ETHAN CARLYLE BROUGHT THE NEWS OF BURGOYNE’S SURRENDER
-
-
-“Who is that man that is so much at the Wheelocks’ just now?” asked
-young Walter Stanton of his friend Philip Morgan.
-
-“Some Tory friend, I suppose. I don’t like him; see the sneer upon his
-face as he looks at the members upon the steps of the State House.”
-
-It was about noon on a day late in September in the year 1777. A group
-of young men and boys were lounging upon some benches in the shade of
-two big buttonwoods directly across from the quaint old State House at
-Philadelphia. The sun hung almost over the tower whose bell had boomed
-freedom to a nation only a little more than a year before; upon the
-stone steps of the building stood a number of grave-faced, earnest
-gentlemen, members of the first Continental Congress, talking of the
-weighty matters that were to be discussed in the approaching session.
-
-The man who had attracted Walter Stanton’s attention was a person of
-striking appearance. He had thick, coal-black hair, a pale, keen face
-and a frame that showed strength and endurance. A boy of about nineteen
-stood at his side, and they were both talking in low tones and watching
-the patriot-legislators as they slowly assembled. Philip Morgan was
-right when he said that the stranger wore a sneer upon his face. That
-cold look of pitying contempt and the curl of the man’s lip could
-mean nothing else. A stir went through the crowd of lads as an erect,
-care-worn man passed slowly along, with bent head and an air of great
-abstraction, every hat came off with a sweep of respect.
-
-“Who is that man?” asked the stranger of Walter.
-
-“That,” answered the boy, “is Mr. Hancock, president of Congress.”
-
-The stranger’s teeth gleamed in a mocking smile.
-
-“Ah, yes, I have heard of him,” he said. “It was he that caused this
-war with England.”
-
-Walter and Philip looked at each other; the boy at the man’s side
-nudged him in a manner that said as plainly as words: “Be careful of
-what you say.”
-
-“It’s news to me,” spoke Walter Stanton, “to hear that Mr. John Hancock
-was the cause of the war.”
-
-“We had always fancied that it was begun by that old madman, King
-George,” said Philip Morgan, who was a blunt spoken lad at best; and
-the man’s manner irritated him. The stranger bent his brows and a glint
-of anger came into his sharp, black eyes. He seemed upon the point of
-making a biting retort; but once more the boy at his side warned him to
-beware.
-
-“Be careful, Danvers,” he whispered. “You’ll get into trouble. They are
-all Whigs here.”
-
-Danvers hesitated a moment; then he turned to Philip with a cold smile
-that showed his strong white teeth.
-
-“If it had not been for Major Pitcairn’s being called out that day
-with his men to seize this Mr. Hancock for treason to the crown, there
-would have been no fight at Lexington; and had that skirmish not taken
-place there would have been no rebellion.”
-
-“Revolution is a better word, I think,” said Walter Stanton, quietly.
-
-“Call it what you will,” answered the man sneeringly, “the fact remains
-the same.”
-
-“And I don’t like your calling the fight at Lexington a skirmish,”
-spoke the blunt-tongued Philip, who had come to think of that first
-exchange of shots as a most glorious engagement. “It resulted in three
-hundred British troops being killed, and when Putnam and Arnold hurried
-up to take command of the minutemen, they walled General Gage up in
-Boston, for all his army and ships.”
-
-“Putnam!” said the man in his mocking way. “What is he? An old farmer
-turned soldier; and Arnold is a swaggering, reckless ruffian.”
-
-“Be quiet,” whispered Stephen Wheelock, as he dragged at the man’s
-sleeve, his face growing pale as he noted the resentful expressions of
-those about them. “Be quiet, I tell you!”
-
-Danvers’ quick eye saw the effect of his words and he smiled coolly. It
-seemed as though he rather enjoyed the risk he ran in being so open in
-his words.
-
-“Never fear,” said he, in a low tone to young Wheelock. “I only want to
-stir them up a bit. I’ll be careful not to go too far.”
-
-“You’ll get my father into hot water, Danvers, if you don’t mind
-yourself,” warned Stephen, drawing the man aside. “The Whigs know that
-our family sympathize with the cause of the king; and it must not be
-known that we harbor agents of Lord North’s government.”
-
-“Hush!” warned Danvers, in his turn. “They will know it soon enough,
-and you’ll have my neck in a halter, if you use such terms as that in
-this public place.”
-
-“Give them no cause for suspicion, then,” said young Wheelock. “I’ve
-seen them aroused more than once, and it’s not a pleasant thing to look
-at, indeed.”
-
-Philip Morgan’s ire was aroused by the words of Danvers, and he was
-talking loudly.
-
-“Let the English say what they like,” cried he, “we have as good
-officers as they, and perhaps better. And we were faithful to the king,
-too, until he hired the Brunswickers and Hessians to come and fight
-against us. No free men could stand such a thing as that.”
-
-“No, no,” chorused the boys upon the benches.
-
-“That was the last straw,” said Walter Stanton. “If King George had
-not done that, the gentlemen across the way would never have written,
-passed and signed the Declaration of Independence, July a year ago.”
-
-So interested were all the boys in the talk, which now became general,
-that they did not notice a horseman ride up, dismount and tie his nag
-to a post near at hand. He was a tall, spare, raw-boned man, with fiery
-red hair. He held himself with the rigid bearing of a man trained in
-the army; his face was resolute, indeed fierce looking; and an ugly
-sword slash had left a red scar across it that did not add to his
-appearance. He stood at his horse’s head listening, as Philip Morgan
-went on, addressing Danvers.
-
-“You may sneer at Putnam if you like, sir, but he is a bold and able
-officer, and so is General Arnold. Why, Arnold’s invasion of Canada
-alone would stamp him as an uncommon man.”
-
-“He had Richard Montgomery with him,” said Danvers, coldly, “and
-Montgomery got what little training he had as an officer in the British
-army. The best that one can say of him is that he was brave.”
-
-At the name of the intrepid and lamented Montgomery, the fierce looking
-man with the scar upon his face had bent forward interestedly; but at
-the words of Danvers he stepped forward, his strong fingers twisting
-nervously.
-
-“I knew General Montgomery,” said he to Danvers; “he was the cleverest
-officer I ever saw.”
-
-Danvers turned and swept him with an insolent look.
-
-“And, pray, sir, who are you?” he asked.
-
-“Shamus O’Moore, once of the Inniskillens,” answered the newcomer,
-standing very erect and speaking in a harsh, high voice.
-
-“Ah,” sneered Danvers, “an English dragoon.”
-
-“No,” said the other with great promptness, “an Irish dragoon.”
-
-“It is all the same,” spoke Danvers.
-
-“Pardon me,” protested the other, still in the same tone, and never
-budging an inch in his ramrod like attitude. “There is no sameness
-about it at all. Faith, ye could never make an Englishman out of an
-Irishman in the world. They are like oil and water, and they won’t mix.”
-
-“It’s the man they call Longsword,” whispered Walter Stanton to his
-chum, Philip Morgan.
-
-“I know,” answered the latter. “I’ve seen him at Ethan Carlyle’s
-several times.”
-
-“General Montgomery,” said the soldier-like O’Moore, “were an Irishman
-like meself and proud he were of it. He gave up his life for this
-struggling nation, sir, in the storming of Quebec; and it was no common
-life, I’ll have ye know. There was in him the makings of a general
-officer that would have astonished the world.”
-
-“Oh, you fancy yourself a judge, I see,” said Danvers, icily.
-
-“Man and boy, I’ve soldiered for thirty years,” said the other,
-“and I’ve had lots of time to pick up stray bits of knowledge by the
-wayside.”
-
-As Danvers turned away to give his attention to young Wheelock, who was
-again plucking warningly at his sleeve, O’Moore noticed Walter Stanton
-and favored him instantly with a stiff, formal salute.
-
-“Hello, O’Moore,” said Walter. “Where is Ethan?”
-
-“Master Ethan will be here in a few moments,” returned O’Moore. “There
-he is beyant, speaking with Mr. Jefferson.”
-
-The lads turned their eyes in the direction indicated, and saw a
-gentleman garbed in sober black standing in the footway some little
-distance off conversing excitedly with a clean built, handsome boy of
-seventeen, who was seated astride a powerful bay horse.
-
-“Did you know that Ethan was secretary to Mr. Jefferson, now?” asked
-Walter, as they watched the two with interest.
-
-“Yes,” answered Philip. “His father and Mr. Jefferson were great
-friends, O’Moore, were they not?”
-
-“Indeed, yes, sir,” said the ex-dragoon. “And Mr. Jefferson visited
-him at New Orleans before the war came on.”
-
-“They seem greatly interested in their talk,” observed Walter, still
-gazing toward the lad on the bay horse and the black clad statesman. “I
-never saw Mr. Jefferson so excited, and I’ve seen him many times and
-listened to his speeches.”
-
-“And it’s no wonder, Master Stanton, that he do be excited now,” said
-Shamus. “Sure he’s listening to better news then he’s heard in many a
-long day. While taking a gallop on the north roads this morning, Master
-Ethan and meself came upon a courier from New York whose horse had
-stumbled, thrown him and broken his leg. We carried him to an inn where
-he’d be taken care of; and when he found out who Master Ethan were he
-handed over his despatches and bid us ride to the city wid them and
-give them to Mr. Hancock, the president of the Congress.”
-
-“There is news from the north, then?” cried Walter, his eyes opening
-wider in expectation.
-
-“Good news, too, you said, O’Moore,” said Philip Morgan. “Come, now,
-tell us what it is.”
-
-The other boys had risen from their seats upon the benches, and all
-crowded eagerly about the grim looking dragoon.
-
-“What’s the news?” they clamored. “Tell us the news.”
-
-“Ye’ll hear it in another moment,” said O’Moore, a smile flickering on
-his lips. “Here comes Master Ethan now.”
-
-The sober looking gentleman in black, had just waved the boy upon the
-horse delightedly away; the lad touched his mount with the spur and
-dashed down the street toward the state house. Mr. Hancock stood upon
-the low stone steps in the midst of a group of members engaged in
-earnest talk, when the bay was pulled up sharply, and the boy upon his
-back called in a voice that trembled with excitement:
-
-“Mr. Hancock.”
-
-That gentleman raised his brows in some little surprise at this; then
-his face wrinkled in a smile and he nodded his recognition.
-
-“News from the north!” cried the boy as he swung a bulky saddle packet
-over his head.
-
-The expression of every man present changed instantly; every voice was
-hushed, every face was strained and anxious. For weeks they had been
-swayed, pendulum-like, between hope and fear; and now the result was to
-be known.
-
-“Burgoyne,” shouted the boy, as he swung himself exultantly from his
-horse, “has surrendered to General Gates at Saratoga.”
-
-Then, amidst the clapping of hands and the shouts of the crowd that
-had gathered like magic, he strode across the walk, his spurs jingling
-on the flags, and handed the despatches to the president of the
-Continental Congress.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II
-
-HOW A SPY LISTENED AT THE WINDOW
-
-
-Shamus O’Moore took his young master’s horse and his own to a
-neighboring stable where they were in the habit of putting them up, and
-then returned to the state house. Ethan was busy with a huge portfolio
-of Mr. Jefferson’s papers in a small room at the south end; from the
-hall came the murmur of voices and now and then a steady flow of words
-which showed that some member was addressing the Congress.
-
-“They do be after talking it over, Master Ethan,” said the ex-dragoon.
-“And it’s mighty glad they all are.”
-
-“And no wonder,” said Ethan Carlyle, looking up from his work with a
-smile. “A victory now means a great deal. Defeat has followed defeat so
-closely, Shamus, that they, in spite of their hopeful front, began to
-despair of ever seeing success crown the American arms.”
-
-“Well, they’ve got a murderin’ big slice of success this time,” said
-the Irish soldier, with great satisfaction. “And it’s pleased I am at
-that same; for every true son of Erin, Master Ethan, wants to see the
-Saxon beat.”
-
-Ethan laughed, and there was a twinkle in his eye as he remarked:
-
-“Why, if you dislike the British so, you old fire eater, how came you
-to be so taken with my poor dead father? He was an Englishman.”
-
-The old dragoon scratched his head in a rather awkward fashion, and
-then made reply:
-
-“Your father was the finest gentleman I ever saw, and it was no fault
-of his that he was an Englishman. Sure no man can choose the country
-he’s to first see the light in. But he showed his quality when he
-resigned from the English army and came to America. If he were alive
-and able to hold a sword and head a regiment to-day, he’d be in the
-thick of it for freedom and the new land, so he would.”
-
-There came a dimness to the boy’s eyes and he patted the old trooper
-upon the back.
-
-“You cared a very great deal for my father, didn’t you, Longsword?”
-
-“I did,” said the other steadily, looking straight before him with
-unwinking eyes, “and I think as much of your father’s son, faith.”
-
-“I know that, old friend. You’ve been with me through everything. You
-even gave up your hopes of meeting the British in battle to be with me
-here in Philadelphia.”
-
-“It was a hard wrench,” spoke Shamus, a note of regret in his voice,
-“but the war is not over, Master Ethan, and I have hopes that we two
-will see service yet.”
-
-There was some more talk of a like nature, and then Ethan went back to
-his work upon Mr. Jefferson’s papers, while the ex-dragoon went outside
-the south door and paced slowly up and down in the warm sunlight.
-Ethan’s father had been a British cavalry major who sold out and
-emigrated to Virginia. Upon a visit to New Orleans he met and married
-the daughter of a French merchant and engaged with the old man in his
-business. Clarette & Co. had many ships in the Gulf, and Ethan was
-practically raised on board of them, as his father was continually
-voyaging from one place to another in search of trade. In those
-days the Gulf and the Caribbean swarmed with buccaneers, and every
-merchantman was armed and strongly manned; the ships of Clarette & Co.
-were often called upon to defend themselves from these rovers, and some
-of Ethan’s most vivid recollections were of shot-swept decks and men
-leaping back from the cut of Shamus O’Moore’s mighty brass-hilted sword.
-
-The Irish dragoon had been his father’s orderly in the English army,
-and had come to America with him; Major Carlyle was an Oxford man, and
-attended to his son’s education himself while at sea; but it was the
-grim, hard visaged Shamus that taught him how to develop his muscles
-to the hardness of steel, and how to use cutlass, sabre, pike, bayonet
-and small-sword. The Irishman had spent years in the study of arms;
-his sword-play had been the marvel of the British army when he served
-in the Inniskillens, and had earned for him the name of “Longsword.”
-Day by day this master of fence had drilled the boy in sword-play.
-But in spite of his aptness, Ethan never drew a word of praise from
-Longsword, who continued to labor with him, between decks, in the
-dog watches, relentlessly, remorselessly, mercilessly. The boy could
-close his eyes in his bunk, during his watch below, and still see the
-angular, powerful figure of the dragoon before him; he could see the
-light from the ports falling upon the scarlet scar that crossed his
-face, he could see the flashing of the heavy double-edged sword and the
-constant movement of the tireless arm. He never complained at the labor
-of the drill.
-
-But one day as they were in the midst of a lesson that had lasted above
-an hour, Ethan in a sudden burst of impatience had refused to give way
-before the dragoon’s heavy attack; a desperate rally ensued, and to the
-astonishment of the watching sailors, the boy actually drove Shamus
-back before a storm of lightning-like blows. And then Longsword threw
-down his blade, uttered a wild Irish whoop that rang through the ship,
-sprang forward and clutched his pupil in a bear-like hug.
-
-“At last!” he exulted. “Ye’ve done it at last. I’ve taught ye all I
-know, and I’ve only been waiting to have ye use it on meself to get
-the feel of it. There will be no more lessons, Master Ethan; all ye
-need is strength and weight, and then faith, even Shamus O’Moore will
-be careful how he stands forninst ye!”
-
-These things were running through Ethan Carlyle’s head as he sorted
-over the papers of Mr. Jefferson. At last Congress adjourned, and the
-members streamed out of the building and down the quiet street. Then
-Mr. Jefferson and Mr. Hancock entered the room with quiet steps. The
-boy arose and bowed and then was about to go on with his work, when his
-employer said:
-
-“Never mind that for a time, Ethan; there is something which we desire
-to say to you.”
-
-The lad looked at the great Virginian wonderingly; then as he and Mr.
-Hancock seated themselves at a table near a window, he crossed the room
-and stood beside them.
-
-“Sit down,” said Mr. Hancock, pointing to a chair.
-
-The boy did so, and then the president of the Congress went on.
-
-[Illustration: _“I’LL DO IT,” SAID ETHAN PROMPTLY_]
-
-“There is a service which you can render Congress and your country if
-you will.”
-
-Ethan’s eyes lit up.
-
-“Then consider it done, sir, if the power to render the service rests
-in me.”
-
-Both the statesmen smiled; and Mr. Hancock proceeded.
-
-“At this time there is at Portsmouth a new sloop-of-war being made
-ready for sea. She is called the Ranger, and is to sail under the
-mastership of Captain John Paul Jones.”
-
-The boy drew in his breath and the grasp of his hands tightened upon
-the arms of the chair. The story of the wonderful cruises of this new
-sea-king in the Providence and Alfred was ringing through the land;
-he had spread such terror by his deeds upon blue water that British
-merchants feared to send their vessels to sea, and British frigates
-were scouring the Western waters in search of him like a pack of
-fierce, baffled hounds.
-
-“The Ranger is to sail for France,” said Mr. Hancock, “and Captain
-Jones is to deliver an important document into the hands of Mr.
-Franklin, our commissioner in that country.”
-
-Mr. Jefferson here laid a packet, sealed with great splotches of red
-wax, upon the table. As he did so there came a slight rustling among
-some thick bushes that grew beneath the window, and a dark, foreign
-looking face appeared, and a pair of burning black eyes looked into the
-room. So interested were the three at the table within that the man’s
-presence was unnoticed.
-
-“We want you to proceed to Portsmouth and deliver this packet to
-Captain Jones,” spoke Mr. Jefferson.
-
-“I’ll do it,” said Ethan promptly.
-
-“And, further, you are to sail with him in his ship and accompany him
-to Paris.”
-
-“Very well, sir,” answered the lad, quietly.
-
-“As every person knows who is at all interested in the welfare of the
-country,” said the president of Congress, “our sole hope of success in
-this war lies in the possibility of securing the aid of France against
-our enemy. But France has seen us go down in defeat after defeat; she
-has feared that we are not strong enough to continue the fight, and so
-far has refused to ally herself with us. But this victory of General
-Gates will put a different face upon matters. If the news that we send
-here, and the secret instructions that accompany it, are placed in the
-hands of Mr. Franklin at Paris, the help of France and her fleets are
-almost assured us.”
-
-The boy’s eyes gleamed as he watched the white fingers of Mr. Hancock
-tapping the red-sealed packet; and the dark, strange face peering in at
-the window was filled with an expression of triumph.
-
-“Let the contents of these documents, however, come under the eyes of
-Lord North, or any other member of King George’s ministry, and all
-would be ruined. None but the very highest British officials would
-understand their meaning; but these would grasp it instantly, and
-a condition for which we have striven for months would at once be
-changed, and France would find it to her disadvantage to take sides
-with us.”
-
-“All this means that the instructions are to be guarded carefully,”
-said Ethan.
-
-“As you would guard your life,” said Mr. Jefferson, laying his hand
-upon his young secretary’s shoulder.
-
-“As my life be it,” answered the boy with a resolute lift of the head.
-
-“It will take some little time for you to reach Portsmouth,” said Mr.
-Hancock, “and Captain Jones must be all but ready to put to sea.”
-
-“Then I go at once?”
-
-“Yes; there is a schooner called the Island Queen which sails for
-Portsmouth at the next tide.”
-
-“Which will be at ten to-night,” said Mr. Jefferson.
-
-“I will be ready,” returned the boy as they arose to their feet, and
-Mr. Hancock handed him the packet.
-
-“No one aboard the Ranger will know of this packet but yourself and the
-commander,” said the Virginian. “That is why we desire you to accompany
-the vessel; it will have another pair of eyes to watch over it.”
-
-“There will be still another pair, if O’Moore is permitted to go with
-me,” said Ethan, anxiously.
-
-“We had not thought of depriving you of the service of the faithful
-Longsword,” smiled Mr. Jefferson.
-
-As the Virginian spoke, there came a terrific uproar from without, and
-Longsword’s voice was heard shouting:
-
-“You thief of the world, to be listening at daysint people’s windows!
-Take that! and that! and that! ye bla’gard!”
-
-And looking through the window they saw the grim dragoon tearing across
-the green behind the state house in pursuit of a dark, foreign looking
-man, while with every “and that,” he aimed a vigorous kick at him.
-
-“Listening at the window!” cried Mr. Hancock.
-
-“A spy!” echoed Mr. Jefferson. “He must be seized!”
-
-Ethan, at these words, shot through the door and sprang away in
-pursuit; he cried out to Longsword, who at once strove to lay hands
-upon the man. But the fugitive was a fleeter runner than either of
-them; full speed toward the river he went, and in a little while was
-lost in the alleys and winding streets of that district.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III
-
-HOW THE SHALLOP ATTACKED THE ISLAND QUEEN
-
-
-The skipper of the schooner Island Queen paced his after deck and
-waited for the strength of the tide. There was a two masted fishing
-vessel tied up at the other side of the wharf; she was a clean looking
-craft of the type called shallop, and carried two good sized lug sails.
-Her captain stood upon the pier, talking to the commander of the
-schooner.
-
-“You are not the only one that caught good luck at the last minute,” he
-was saying.
-
-“Who else has got a share of it?” asked the other.
-
-“I have. An hour after you’d told me that you’d got a couple of
-passengers for Portsmouth, a man came along and engaged my vessel for a
-run along the coast.”
-
-“What’s he going to do with her?”
-
-“I don’t know. But I’m going along; so I’ll be sure that all’s right.”
-
-“Money’s tight in these days of war,” remarked the skipper of the
-schooner, “but,” with a shake of the head, “my boat only goes out with
-reg’lar cargoes and on reg’lar business. I don’t like these queer
-cruises. I’ve seen strange things happen on ’em.”
-
-The captain of the shallop nodded his head and answered, soberly enough:
-
-“You’re right, cap’en; but I don’t have no reg’lar cargoes, and fishing
-don’t pay any more, with British privateers always poking their noses
-into the lower bay. A man must support his family, you know.”
-
-Ethan Carlyle and Longsword stood in the waist, leaning against the
-schooner’s rail and listening to this conversation. When the skipper
-of the shallop crossed the pier and climbed into his own vessel, Ethan
-said:
-
-“Somehow or other I don’t like that.”
-
-“And why not?” asked the Irish dragoon.
-
-“It impresses me oddly. It may be that the possession of important
-papers has made me nervous, but I can’t help feeling that the sudden
-hiring of that fishing-boat over there has something to do with us.”
-
-“It may be so,” spoke the trooper. “Sure that villain was not
-listening to what the gentlemen were saying to ye awhile ago for
-nothing, Master Ethan.”
-
-“He was a strange looking fellow.”
-
-“Yes; some kind of a brown man like they have in India, and far off
-places like that. But he was a rare good runner, though,” continued
-Longsword with high admiration, “and I could reach him no more wid me
-foot after we’d gone a score of yards.”
-
-There was a brisk wind blowing down stream when the tide got its fully
-swing towards the sea; the skipper cast off his lines and worked the
-Island Queen out into the river; then the mainsail, foresail and a
-jib were set and the vessel headed away on her journey. As they were
-passing the flats below the city, Ethan, who was leaning over the stern
-rail with Longsword fancied that he saw a dark loom some distance
-toward the New Jersey shore.
-
-“It looks like a vessel of some kind,” he said to Shamus.
-
-“Your eyes are younger nor mine,” answered the trooper. “I can see
-nothing.”
-
-“I’ve been watching that for some time,” said the mate of the
-schooner, who was at the wheel. “Looks to me like a two master of some
-sort; and she’s a smart sailer, too; much faster than the Queen.”
-
-An hour passed, and the brisk wind carried the schooner well down the
-river; but off on her port side clung the creeping low-lying shadow
-that had attracted Ethan’s attention. The sky was thickly overcast with
-clouds, the moon was hidden, and darkness hung blackly over the face of
-the waters.
-
-“That craft may be a smarter sailer than the schooner,” said Ethan to
-the mate, “but she’s not showing it. She’s been hanging there on that
-quarter all the way down.”
-
-“That’s what I can’t understand,” said the mate. “I’m sure she could
-walk away from us were she so minded, but they are holding her in for
-some reason; they’ve got her out of the wind about half the time.”
-
-No more was said about the shadowy craft for some time, until they were
-off Reedy Island; then the skipper came on deck at the mate’s request,
-and scanned the dark waters in search of her.
-
-“Seems to me I do make out something,” he said, rather anxiously.
-“Been following us down the river, has she?”
-
-“Yes; and she’s headed for us now,” said Ethan, whose eyes were keener
-than his elder’s. He gazed at the vessel which, sure enough, was
-now rapidly coming up with them; suddenly he grasped the arm of his
-companion. “Shamus,” he breathed, “I was right.”
-
-“About what?” asked the Irish soldier.
-
-“About the shallop. That’s the same vessel.”
-
-The captain of the Island Queen turned upon the boy.
-
-“Do you mean the shallop that lay in the dock next us?” asked he.
-
-“I feel sure of it,” answered Ethan.
-
-The captain breathed a sigh of relief.
-
-“Oh, then, it’s all well enough. You see her captain is a friend of
-mine, and I suppose he wants to speak to me.”
-
-“I think,” said Ethan seriously, “that you’ll find that there is
-something more to it than that.”
-
-“And I agree wid ye,” said Shamus O’Moore; and without another word he
-dived below.
-
-“Your man seems sort of nervous,” laughed the captain.
-
-“Not he,” smiled Ethan. “If you spoke of nerves to him, I hardly think
-he’d know what you were talking about.”
-
-“He got below mighty sudden.”
-
-“He’ll be back in a moment. And I fancy he’ll have his tools with him.”
-
-The captain stared, but said nothing more to the lad. Scanning the
-waters toward the island he spoke to the mate at the wheel in low
-tones regarding the chart by which he was steering. They were still so
-engaged when the big lug sails of the shallop came plainly into view
-and a voice from her deck hailed hoarsely,
-
-“Ahoy, the schooner!”
-
-“Ahoy,” answered the schooner’s skipper promptly.
-
-“Is that the Island Queen?”
-
-“It is. What craft is that?”
-
-“The Saucy Sue, shallop.”
-
-“Oh, is that you, Captain Hutchins?”
-
-There was silence for a moment, then the voice replied:
-
-“Yes; lay to; I want to come aboard of you.”
-
-“Very well,” and the schooner’s commander gave the order to his crew.
-
-But Ethan stepped to his side quickly and said:
-
-“Be careful of what you do.”
-
-The captain laughed and answered, “Oh, I see that the Irishman is not
-the only person aboard the Queen that’s nervous. You’ve got a touch of
-that complaint yourself, my lad.”
-
-“It’s not a question of nerves,” said Ethan quietly. “But it’s been my
-experience that one vessel does not hang in the wake of another for any
-good purpose.”
-
-“Your experience,” cried the skipper good humoredly; “listen to that,
-Mr. Jarvis!”
-
-The mate grinned and said:
-
-“Sounds kind of curious to hear a boy talk like that to two old salts,
-don’t it?”
-
-“What experience have you had on blue water, and with mysterious craft,
-sonny?” asked the Queen’s skipper, humorously.
-
-“Enough to teach me not to do what you have done,” answered the boy.
-“Coasting is easy, steady going work enough here in these northern
-waters when there is no Englishman about; but I’ve sailed in ships
-that have cleared the decks for action at the beginning of a voyage,
-and kept them cleared except for the bodies of half breed pirates who
-boarded them.”
-
-The skipper looked at the mate; in the light of the compass lantern it
-was to be seen that that worthy had lost his grin.
-
-“Where was that, youngster?” asked he.
-
-“In the Gulf and West Indian waters,” said Ethan. “My grandfather and
-my father composed the firm of Clarette & Co.”
-
-The schooner was, by this time, rocking idly upon the waters of the
-bay; and the shallop was drawing nearer with each moment. There was no
-man who followed the sea in the western world who had not heard of the
-great firm of Clarette & Co., shipowners, now passed out of existence;
-and with a quiet smile Ethan noticed the increased respect with which
-the captain and mate of the schooner regarded him. Just then Longsword
-came stamping upon deck; he had his huge, double-edged blade belted
-about him; in his hands he carried Ethan’s sword and a couple of brace
-of heavy pistols.
-
-“We are ready for them, asthore, no matter who they are,” cried he as
-he handed the boy his weapons, drew his heavy blade and whirled it
-about his head with a swishing sound that caused the seamen in his
-neighborhood to duck their heads instinctively.
-
-“You two are taking a great deal of pains for nothing,” growled the
-captain. “I tell you there is no danger of any kind to be expected from
-that craft there. I’ve known her captain for years.”
-
-“Her captain, yes,” said Ethan, evenly. “But you do not know the men
-who have engaged her from him, nor what their purpose is.”
-
-“You are right,” said the captain, after a pause. “He told me only
-to-night that some people had chartered his vessel for a cruise of some
-kind. Do you reckon,” and he regarded Ethan closely, “that they are
-after you folks?”
-
-“I’m not at all sure,” answered the lad, “but I am inclined to think
-that they are.”
-
-“And come to look at the thing right between the eyes,” spoke the mate,
-“I don’t think that was Captain Hutchins or any of his people that
-hailed us. It was a strange voice to me.”
-
-This seemed to settle the matter in the captain’s mind, and whirling
-about he gave quick, sharp orders to get the vessel into the wind. But
-he was too late. The Island Queen still hung, when the smart shallop
-drew alongside.
-
-“Ahoy,” shouted a voice from the latter’s deck. “Take care there;
-you’ll be afoul of us.”
-
-“Then sheer off,” yelled the schooner’s captain.
-
-“But we want to speak to you.”
-
-“Sheer off, I tell you,” bellowed the frightened captain of the
-schooner, “or I’ll run you down!”
-
-“Lay that old tub to, or I’ll send a couple of musket shot into your
-hide,” shouted the voice threateningly.
-
-“He’ll be aboard of us in a minute,” cried the captain.
-
-“Have you any arms on board?” asked Ethan quietly, as he looked to the
-priming of his pistols and slipped his sword in and out of the scabbard
-to assure himself that it was free.
-
-“A couple of cutlasses and pikes,” said the skipper; “and a brace of
-pistols in the cabin.”
-
-“Then get them on deck if ye love me,” cried Longsword. “These are a
-couple of stout looking lads ye have here, and wid a few feet of cold
-steel in their fists they ought to do good work.”
-
-As the sides of the two vessels ground together the weapons were
-produced. Ethan and the Irish dragoon stationed themselves in the
-waist, the mate took two men armed with long handled pikes into the
-bow, while the captain and three others were left to defend the after
-deck.
-
-No sooner had they reached these positions overlooking the shallop than
-a grapple was thrown aboard and fastened the two craft together.
-
-“Bad luck to him for an impudent villain,” growled Longsword, “but he
-goes about it in workmanlike style.”
-
-“It’s not the first ship he’s cut out, whoever he is,” answered Ethan.
-
-“Steady,” grumbled the low-pitched voice of the swordsman. “Here they
-come, me jewel!”
-
-The waist was the point at which it was chosen to board the schooner. A
-sharp snapping of pistols that spat redly through the darkness preceded
-the rush. Then a dozen active figures swarmed up the sides of the
-Island Queen, cutlass and pistol in hand. But bold as they appeared to
-be it is doubtful if they would have made the attempt had they known
-what awaited them upon the schooner’s deck.
-
-As they sprang upon the rail they were met with a sharp fusilade of
-pistol shots that sent two of their number headlong into the bay; then
-Ethan and the grim dragoon drew their blades and fell upon them.
-
-The officers and crew of the Island Queen could never tell just
-what happened there in the schooner’s waist in the dim light of the
-lanterns. They saw a dreadful whirl of blows, two swords that looked
-like circles of flame, two straining, panting, laboring figures that
-seemed to carry death in their hands. Then the decks were cleared;
-the shallop drew off slowly, firing an occasional musket shot, while
-the cries of pain from her deck showed how fierce had been her crew’s
-repulse.
-
-“Go about after her,” yelled Shamus O’Moore, “we’ll board and take her,
-so we will!”
-
-The officers and crew of the schooner had not struck a blow, and were
-very well satisfied to let matters remain as they were.
-
-“She’s getting up sail,” said the skipper, peering through the
-darkness. “And we could never come up with her.”
-
-This was true, as Ethan saw at once; under press of the two spreading
-lugs the shallop was already nothing but a shadow.
-
-“Did you make out the faces of any of them?” asked Ethan, when the
-Island Queen was once more under way.
-
-“I did not,” answered the trooper, as he cleaned the blade of his sword
-with the frayed end of a rope. “I were too busy cracking the heads of
-them. And when they went over the side they took all the hurted ones
-wid them.”
-
-There was silence between them for a moment. Ethan was loading his
-pistols, the ex-dragoon rubbed industriously at his blade, and the
-seamen hurried about their duties. Then Shamus spoke once more.
-
-“I didn’t see sorra the one of them, Master Ethan; but there is one
-thing I feel mortal sure of.”
-
-“And what’s that, old Longsword?”
-
-“That brown man was in that craft. He had a crooked kind of a knife and
-he were poking it at the ribs of me in the darkness. I didn’t see him;
-but just the same I felt that he was there.”
-
-“I have no doubt,” said Ethan gravely enough, “but what you are right.
-And perhaps we’ll hear from him again.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV
-
-SHOWS HOW THE RANGER SAILED FOR FRANCE
-
-
-Because of a succession of contrary winds the schooner Island Queen did
-not enter Portsmouth harbor for almost two weeks after the time she
-left the Delaware Capes. As they ran up under light sail, the skipper
-pointed to a sloop-of-war riding at anchor, and with a strange looking
-flag flying at her peak.
-
-“That’s the ship you are looking for, I think,” he said.
-
-“Yes; she seems like a new vessel,” said Ethan Carlyle, gazing
-earnestly at the craft. “See, they are only bending her after sails.”
-
-“She’s a foreigner,” spoke the mate of the schooner who stood by. “Look
-at the flag she’s flying.”
-
-“I hadn’t noticed that,” said the captain staring at the striped emblem
-with its cluster of white stars in a blue field. “It can’t be the
-Ranger, after all, for she wouldn’t be flying those colors.”
-
-Ethan looked at the flag and laughed softly, as did Shamus, who was at
-his side.
-
-“Faith, then, captain, dear,” said Longsword with a droll twinkle in
-his eye, “it’s a queer thing indeed if ye don’t know the flag of your
-own country.”
-
-“Of my own country!”
-
-“To be sure, for I take ye to be an American.”
-
-“You are correct in that,” said the skipper proudly. “But I’ve never
-seen that flag before.”
-
-“No wonder,” said Ethan, “for I very much doubt if it ever flew above a
-ship’s deck before. It is the new flag of the United States, recently
-adopted. I saw the first one not so long ago. Indeed, I had the honor
-of carrying it from the home of mistress Betsy Ross, who made it, to
-the State House; and I remember that the members of the Congress and
-General Washington, who was in the capitol at the time, admired it very
-much.”
-
-“Well, the design is an improvement over the old rattle-snake and
-pine-tree flags,” admitted the captain, after careful inspection.
-“It looks well when it ripples in the breeze, doesn’t it?”
-
-The schooner had drawn near the war ship, and the mate hailed her.
-
-“Ahoy! is that the American ship, Ranger?”
-
-“It is,” came the prompt reply from the deck of the other vessel.
-
-“We are going to send a boat to you.”
-
-“Heave ahead, my hearty.”
-
-A skiff was lowered over the schooner’s stern, and Ethan and Longsword
-were rowed to the war ship’s side and clambered to the deck.
-
-“Well, sir,” demanded a harsh looking man in the dress of a lieutenant.
-
-“I desire to see Captain Jones, if he is aboard,” said Ethan, quietly.
-
-“The captain is very busy just now. I am Lieutenant Simpson, and will
-attend to any business that you may have.”
-
-There was a studied affront in the man’s manner that angered Ethan; but
-he replied, still quietly:
-
-“My business is with the commander of this ship in person, if you
-please.”
-
-“You will state your business to me, or you go over the side,” rapped
-out the harsh faced lieutenant.
-
-“I will do neither one nor the other. I am here upon a special errand
-of much importance, and if Captain Jones is in the ship I demand to see
-him.”
-
-The lieutenant burst into a tirade of abuse, which made Longsword
-stiffen and glare menacingly with his hand upon his hilt. But just then
-there came a light, brisk step upon the deck and a calm voice asked,
-
-“Mr. Simpson, what is all this ado about?”
-
-The first officer of the Ranger colored a trifle, and turning, said:
-
-“This boy was impudent.”
-
-“Ah! In what way?”
-
-“He--he asked to see you.”
-
-A low laugh of amusement greeted this statement.
-
-“Well, I must say that I see no great impudence in that.” The speaker
-turned to Ethan, and continued: “Do you wish to speak to me?”
-
-“Are you Captain John Paul Jones?” asked the lad.
-
-“I am.”
-
-Ethan stared in surprise. The fame of this new and brilliant sea
-chief was so great that he had, somehow, expected to see a huge and
-formidable man with fierce, weather-beaten features and the bearing
-of a buccaneer. But instead he found before him a rather small,
-slightly-built young man with a brisk air, a pair of the keenest dark
-eyes in the world, and a pleasant, resolute face.
-
-“I beg your pardon,” stammered the lad, after he had recovered from
-his surprise and realized that he had been staring. He drew out a
-paper which the president of Congress had given him, and handed it
-to the young commander of the Ranger. The latter broke the seal, and
-as he unfolded the sheet of stiff paper Ethan had a glimpse of the
-beautifully regular handwriting of Mr. Hancock. A glance was sufficient
-to show John Paul Jones the purport of the missive. He glanced at Ethan
-in some surprise and then said:
-
-“Will you kindly come down to my cabin?”
-
-Ethan descended after him, and when once they were within the cabin and
-the door closed, the commander of the Ranger continued:
-
-“I was expecting the packet which you bring, but hardly expected so
-youthful a messenger.”
-
-Ethan smiled. John Paul Jones was a gentleman who possessed the knack
-of manner that causes strangers to feel at their ease; and the boy
-replied:
-
-“And I hardly expected to find the captain of this ship so young a man.”
-
-“Age on the sea,” said John Paul Jones, humorously, “comes with
-experience and not with years.” He regarded Ethan closely for a moment,
-and proceeded shrewdly, “And for all your youth, you are not a stranger
-to blue water, I take it.”
-
-“I made my first voyage at five,” answered Ethan, “and witnessed my
-first sea fight through an empty port-hole. At ten I swarmed up to the
-royal yards of my father’s ship with a musket as tall as myself and
-helped to beat off an Algerian corsair just off the African coast.”
-
-Captain Jones held out his hand, which the boy promptly clasped.
-
-“Good,” said the former. “I like that; and now sit down and tell me all
-that Mr. Hancock and Mr. Jefferson had to say about this business.”
-
-They seated themselves at the cabin table and Ethan proceeded to relate
-all that the president of Congress and the great Virginian had told
-him. And all the while he watched the mobile face before him, and an
-undercurrent of thought examined the history of the sailor as he had
-heard it from Mr. Jefferson some months before.
-
-John Paul Jones was born on July 6th, in the year 1747, in a cottage
-on the estate of Arbigland, in the county of Kirkcudbright, Scotland;
-and his parents had been very poor and humble people indeed. It was a
-stern, wild place; to the rear was a lofty and rugged mountain, to the
-front was the wide Solway, where as a child he could by daylight see
-the white sails of the ships, and by night hear the solemn strokes of
-their deep-toned bells. He came to love the sea with a great love; he
-played at being sailor when he scarce could toddle, and his favorite
-toys were the little ships which an elder brother would make for him.
-
-He went to sea at the age of twelve, and at twenty was a captain in
-the Scottish merchantman, John, sailing out of Whitehaven. Coming to
-America to settle the estate of a brother who died in Virginia he had
-remained, and upon the breaking out of the war between the colonies
-and England he had entered the infant navy as first lieutenant of the
-Alfred.
-
-When Ethan had finished he drew out the packet of papers sealed with
-the big splotches of red wax, and John Paul Jones locked it carefully
-away in a heavy, oaken chest.
-
-“Mr. Hancock was right,” said he to Ethan. “Everything depends upon an
-alliance with France. With the help that her heavy fleets would render
-us, the troops that she could send now and then, and above all the
-embarrassment that a war between her and England would cause the latter
-country, we could gain a peace with perfect freedom and honor.”
-
-They talked for some time, and then the conversation drifted upon the
-subject of the Ranger.
-
-“Yes,” said her captain, “she is a new ship. It was at first thought
-to have her carry twenty-six guns; but I saw at once that she was too
-slight in structure to carry so heavy a battery, so I have mounted but
-eighteen six-pounders. And when I get her into a French port I’m going
-to make some changes that I think the trip across the Atlantic will
-show to be necessary.”
-
-Ethan and Shamus secured lodgings in the town until such time as the
-ship would sail. Much trouble was experienced in shipping a crew. The
-seamen demanded advance money, and the commander was forced to pay it
-to them out of his own private funds, as Congress sent him none for the
-purpose. And indeed this was no new thing for this brave and generous
-officer to do, as Ethan subsequently discovered. The government was
-already in his debt to the amount of seven thousand dollars; and he had
-once fitted the brig Providence for sea, paying every copper of the
-expense.
-
-It was in the month of October that the Ranger, everything being ready,
-finally dropped down the bay and squared away for France. Ethan and
-Longsword were provided with sleeping quarters with the younger officer
-of the ship and took their meals in the gun room. Mr. Simpson and Mr.
-Hall the first and second officers, were grumbling, discontented
-men, and before John Paul Jones was done with them they gave him much
-trouble. The third officer, Mr. Wallingford, was a pleasant, good
-humored young man with a fund of bright stories and much ability as a
-sailor.
-
-From the first, Simpson did all he could to annoy Ethan; he had
-undertaken to do the same for Longsword, but the first petty act of
-malice in this direction brought such a long, steady, menacing stare
-from that grim faced trooper that the thing was not repeated.
-
-“Mr. Simpson seems not to like me,” said Ethan, on the second day out,
-to Mr. Wallingford.
-
-“You are apparently a friend to Captain Jones,” said the third
-lieutenant. “And as a man with half an eye can see, he hates the
-captain like poison.”
-
-“And why?”
-
-“Just because he’s the skipper, I suppose,” said Wallingford, with a
-shrug. “Simpson is one of those men who hate all those who are placed
-over them. He got his rank by influence, and fancies that the command
-should have been given him.”
-
-“I wouldn’t like to sail under him,” said Ethan.
-
-“It is rather a good thing that you don’t belong to the ship,” agreed
-Wallingford. “He’d make life a burden for you, if you did.”
-
-“And not belonging to the ship I have a right to resent insult even
-from the first lieutenant,” said Ethan Carlyle. “And if Mr. Simpson
-continues as he has he’ll find that I know how.”
-
-Wallingford glanced over the lithe, supple, springy young fellow and
-realized that these words were no idle vaporings and that the power and
-will were behind them to make them good.
-
-“Perhaps you may have a chance to show what you can do in the fighting
-way before we reach Nantes,” said the young third lieutenant. “I heard
-Simpson among the middies at eight bells last night trying to get one
-of them to thrash you.”
-
-Ethan’s eyes flashed and his hands clinched.
-
-“I trust he didn’t succeed,” said he. “For the midshipmen of the Ranger
-struck me as being a rather decent lot.”
-
-“They are,” said Wallingford. “And none of them would accept his hints.
-But he didn’t stop there. There is a Canadian master’s mate on board,
-a hulking, savage sort of fellow. Simpson has been talking to him; so
-you’d better look out unless you want to complain to the skipper.”
-
-“I’ll not do that,” answered Ethan determinedly. “I’ve always fought my
-own battles, and mean to continue to do so.”
-
-“I think he--Simpson, I mean--judged you to be one of that kind, and
-he’s just mean enough to take advantage of it.”
-
-Ethan told Shamus of this that same evening as they paced the deck
-together.
-
-“The master’s mate, is it?” said the dragoon. “Well, I’ve noticed that
-same fellow to-day as he kicked and swore at the small lads and mild
-looking men in the crew. He’s a stout lump of a fellow wid a wicked
-look, so if there is to be ructions wid him, Master Ethan, leave him to
-me, and I’ll engage not to leave a whole bone in his body, so I will.”
-
-Ethan laughed at his companion’s enthusiasm, but replied,
-
-“I’d very much prefer it were Simpson himself, if it comes to a fight;
-but of course that is out of the question on board; it would not do for
-the first officer upon an American sloop-of-war to engage in a fracas
-with a passenger; Captain Jones would not permit it.”
-
-As they were, shortly afterward, about to go below for the night,
-Shamus laid his hand upon Ethan’s arm.
-
-“Master Ethan,” said he, “I’m going to tell ye something that will
-surprise ye.”
-
-Ethan looked into the grim, scarred face of Longsword and was
-astonished to see that it was anxious and troubled looking.
-
-“What is it?” he asked.
-
-“In the second dog-watch I came on deck,” said the Irishman, “and the
-first person me two eyes fell upon as I took me foot from the top step
-of the ladder was--guess?”
-
-“I can’t.”
-
-“It was the brown man that listened at the window.”
-
-“Impossible!”
-
-“That’s what I should have said meself, jewel, if I hadn’t seen him as
-plain as day. And he had the crooked knife in his belt that I imagined
-him wid the other night on the Island Queen.”
-
-“Are you quite positive it was the same man?”
-
-“I’m as sure of it as I am that I am talking wid ye at this minute.”
-
-“But what is he doing on the Ranger?”
-
-“Sure he’s a sailor, so he is; the bos’en told me that he shipped on
-the day we sailed.”
-
-Next day Ethan questioned Wallingford.
-
-“A brown fellow, eh?” mused the ship’s third officer. “Let me see! Oh,
-yes, I remember. He’s a Lascar, I think, and gave the name of Siki. I
-signed him and the master’s mate whom I told you about yesterday. They
-seem to be great cronies. Always to be found in odd corners, whispering
-away like all possessed.”
-
-Ethan waited until he saw the Lascar with his own eyes before he was
-satisfied. Then he went to Captain Jones, and told him all that he knew
-about the man.
-
-“So you think that this fellow, Siki, as he calls himself, had
-something to do with the attack upon the schooner in Delaware Bay?”
-said the commander sternly.
-
-“I feel sure of it, sir; though of course I did not see him.”
-
-“And you think that he was after the packet given you by Mr. Hancock?”
-
-“I think so--yes.”
-
-“Then he also shipped with us in the hope of still getting his hands
-upon it, somehow. I’ll have Simpson clap the villain in irons.”
-
-Ethan hastily laid his hand upon the captain’s arm.
-
-“See,” said he, pointing to the after battery, where the tawny Lascar
-was busying himself rubbing down one of the six-pounders under the
-direction of the gunner’s mate, “there he is, now. And I hardly think
-he’s the prime mover in the matter.”
-
-“No,” said John Paul Jones, “it does not seem likely. He is more apt to
-be a subtle, deft-handed instrument, used by a superior mind.”
-
-“Would it not be wise,” suggested Ethan, “for you to hold your hand a
-bit longer; we might also be able to capture the master as well as the
-man.”
-
-The commander patted him on the shoulder approvingly.
-
-“Excellent,” said he, nodding his head. “That is just what we will do.
-The Lascar can be laid by the heels any time we choose to do it; it’s
-the mysterious fellow in the shadow that is the dangerous one. We will
-leave the trap open--and we will wait for him to show himself.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V
-
-HOW ETHAN CARLYLE FACED THE BULLY OF THE RANGER
-
-
-The knowledge displayed by Ethan in the working of a ship during the
-first week out, and his ready courage in the taking of a couple of
-British prizes, won the regard of the Ranger’s tars, and he was ever
-a welcome visitor to the forecastle when he chose to go there. Many
-were the yarns they told him of voyages with Barry, Murray, Whipple and
-other hearts of oak; and many were those he told in return of strange
-seas, strange ports and stranger people.
-
-He had finished telling of an adventure in the China Sea in his
-grandfather’s ship, Warlock; and during the appreciative pause that
-followed, the silence was rudely broken by a loud, sneering laugh.
-
-“He pulls a long bow for a youngster,” said a voice; “and you seasoned
-tars sit around and draw it in like sucking pigs their mammy’s milk.”
-
-Ethan flushed scarlet, and a murmur went up from the watch below. But
-it was the master’s mate that spoke, a huge-chested Canadian named
-Blake; and no one among the seamen dared to resent his words, for in
-his week among them he had, by his ruffianism, cowed them all. A few,
-at the beginning, had dared to defy him; but his brawny fists had soon
-beaten them into submission. Indeed, by this time, the forecastle had
-come to be a sort of grill upon which the bully toasted his shipmates
-one after the other and laughed at their helpless squirming.
-
-Ethan made no reply to the man’s remark. Longsword, who sat with his
-broad back against the heel of the bowsprit, grew crimson, and two
-sharp points of light shot into his eyes; but he made no movement;
-since the death of Ethan’s father he had come to look upon the lad as
-his superior officer, and so strong was the military idea fixed in his
-mind that he never took an important step without orders.
-
-The master’s mate took a seat upon an upturned tub and regarded his
-mates with a sneering smile.
-
-“It’s amusing,” said he, “to stand and watch you taking in all the plum
-duff that this boy gives you. I suppose,” with a significant laugh,
-“you’re duty bound to do it because he’s a friend to the skipper.”
-
-Still there was no reply; Ethan sat still, never even glancing at the
-man; the seamen shifted uneasily in their places; they felt assured
-that the bully meant to pick a quarrel with Ethan, and while they
-did not like it, his demeanor had so awed them that they dared not
-interfere. Blake seemed to have mapped out his plan of action well in
-advance, and proceeded.
-
-“It may be an honor to be a friend to a captain, but I don’t know. What
-sort of captains have you in this American navy of yours? I’ve sailed
-in British ships, and I tell you they wouldn’t let your skippers swab
-the quarter deck.”
-
-Still he got no answer, though there was no lack of scowling looks
-directed at him.
-
-“And this Captain Jones,” he went on, his face alive with malice, “was
-one time named Paul, I hear, just plain John Paul. He was drove out of
-the British merchant service for killing a sailor by flogging, and he
-come to America and changed his name.”
-
-Ethan had come to admire John Paul Jones greatly since he came aboard
-the Ranger, and this repetition of an old slander aroused him at once.
-
-“If you know anything about the matter at all,” said he quietly, “you
-know that what you say is false!”
-
-“What’s that?” shouted the bully, leaping to his feet.
-
-“I said it was false. It was a thing invented by his enemies; when he
-defied them and invited them to prove it, they feared to come forward.”
-
-“Maybe,” spoke the master’s mate, folding his thick arms across his
-bulging chest, “you think that I am afraid to come forward, as you call
-it.”
-
-“It seems to me,” said Ethan as he rose slowly to his feet, “that you
-are too ready to bluster and bully people whom you think will not
-fight.” His voice had been low and his movements of the most deliberate
-as he said this. Then suddenly his manner changed; like a flash he
-stripped off his woolen shirt and cried, sharply: “Get ready; I’m going
-to make you prove what you’ve said.”
-
-Longsword came to his feet like a shot, and two long strides took
-him to Ethan’s side. The boy’s bared body gleamed like satin under
-the glare of the ship’s lanterns, and the strong fingers of the
-Irish trooper at once began kneading the long, supple muscles of the
-arms, chest and back and performing other services that his years of
-experience told him would be of benefit.
-
-Blake stood, for a moment, dumbfounded, unable to credit his eyes;
-there was a clattering of draught boards as sailors who had been
-playing sprung up, a hissing of sharply in-drawn breath, and then a
-ring of human bodies formed in a twinkling; a circle of tense faces
-showed the interest that was excited in the breasts of all.
-
-The master’s mate was slow of brain; but when he at last realized that
-a combat was inevitable, he manifested much savage satisfaction.
-
-“I’ve got you safe now,” said he, as he stripped off his shirt in
-turn. “And I’ll beat you so badly that you’ll think keel-hauling is
-play in comparison.”
-
-“You’ll never beat him by talking about it, my bucko,” said Longsword,
-grimly, still grooming his principal in a very workmanlike manner.
-
-In a moment the two had faced each other. The bulk of the Canadian
-seaman and the slenderness of the young American were now, more than
-ever, evident. But Blake was muscle bound, ponderous in his movements
-and scant of wind; nevertheless he was a formidable foe, for his bulk
-suggested power, and his cruel expression denoted a merciless nature.
-
-Ethan’s frame was strong, but needed the filling that years would
-bring; his muscles, thanks to the effort of Longsword, were those of
-a trained athlete, but when compared with the bully he looked almost
-frail.
-
-The watch below noted all this; they also saw the panther-like grace
-with which the lad advanced to the centre of the human ring, and marked
-the lumbering movements of Blake as he did likewise.
-
-“Mind yourself,” warned the Irish dragoon as he sent his man forward.
-“Don’t let him clinch. He’ll have ye then, Master Ethan.”
-
-The two met in the centre and raised their guards. Ethan’s was free,
-swinging and low; Blake’s was high and held as rigid as iron. With
-short cat-like steps Ethan wove in and out; the bully watched him
-narrowly; the regular opening and closing of his hands showed that he
-was meditating a rush--a grapple--and then Ethan would be at his mercy.
-The great weight of the man must crush the slighter boy to the deck.
-
-Around and around crept the soft-footed young athlete; Blake wheeled
-constantly to face him, still holding his high, rigid guard. Suddenly
-the man’s bulging muscles grew tense; Ethan knew that another moment
-would bring the expected rush; with the speed of lightning his right
-shot out and landed a smashing blow in the other’s wind; then he went
-dancing away, a smile upon his lips. The lad continued to follow these
-tactics. Every time Blake stepped in to clinch, Ethan’s left hand would
-dart in a quick stab. Each succeeding failure to get within reach
-made Blake more and more ferocious; the lad’s tantalizing smile, and
-Longsword’s words of advice, served to almost madden him.
-
-He began to make savage, bull-like rushes; his thick arms thrashed
-like flails. Laughter came from the watch below as he failed again
-and yet again. Ethan had expected much more from his huge opponent; a
-growing contempt took possession of him; he began to step in and out
-with little or no caution; his second called to him frantically to be
-careful, but he paid no heed.
-
-A gleam of cunning shot through the brain of the panting giant; he drew
-in his breath in gasps; his movements were labored; his knees seemed to
-quiver beneath him.
-
-“Finish him,” came the cry from the sailors, delighting in the bully’s
-defeat.
-
-Longsword shouted his warnings madly, but Ethan was after his foe like
-a flash, and driving in short, jarring blows with all the power of his
-athletic young body. Suddenly Blake’s burly form stiffened and lurched
-forward; his great arms whirled, and one brawny fist landed with
-terrific force upon Ethan’s body. It was his first blow of the battle.
-Ethan went white and swayed weakly, his hands groping blindly. With a
-savage grin Blake dashed at him.
-
-“Down,” yelled Longsword desperately. The reeling brain of the sorely
-hurt boy just managed to grasp the meaning of this advice, and he sank
-to his knees just in time to escape the shattering blow that passed
-above his head.
-
-“Stand off,” snarled the Irish dragoon as he worked like mad over his
-pupil. He turned his face to glare over his shoulder at Blake, and the
-great scar across it seemed to burn like fire.
-
-A friendly hand dashed cold water over Ethan’s bare back; the shock
-cleared the lad’s head, and clinging to Longsword he regained his
-feet, his breath wheezing in his throat, his chest laboring in great
-spasmodic sobs.
-
-At this point the ring at the side nearest the forecastle hatch
-opened and Captain Paul Jones appeared; behind him showed the face of
-Lieutenant Simpson, wrinkled with malicious satisfaction. The commander
-half raised his hand for a gesture that would have stopped the combat;
-but he paused, hesitated; then he caught the appeal in Ethan’s wide
-open eyes. He nodded quickly. The crowd drew a breath of relief. The
-fight was to go on.
-
-Longsword sluiced more water over his charge, taking care to stand
-between him and his opponent, so as to give him the benefit of every
-second’s delay.
-
-“Stand out of the way,” raved Blake. “Play fair, there!”
-
-“Fair play,” came from all hands. They almost to a man desired to see
-Blake defeated; but it must be done fairly. Ethan shoved Shamus aside
-and faced his foe once more, pale and perceptibly weak.
-
-The bully rushed, but Ethan evaded him. With each passing moment the
-boy felt the glow of fresh life stealing through his numbed limbs,
-and to avoid the heavy plunges of Blake grew easy once more. He began
-again to rock the other’s head with his straight shoulder drives. But,
-for all this, he found himself, little by little, being driven back to
-the side of the ring, Blake pressing eagerly after him. Now and then
-Ethan would dart in a stinging hit; the man would shake his head in a
-bull-like motion, but still come on.
-
-At length the lad could retreat no farther; he was preparing to feint
-and dart aside when he stumbled over an outstretched foot. He shouted
-for those behind him to take notice, and then stumbled again. There
-came an answering cry from the vigilant Longsword, who hurled himself
-across the ring and struck down the Lascar, Siki, whose treacherous
-foot was stretched into Ethan’s way.
-
-The young American’s attention was taken by this incident for a moment;
-then Blake came driving at him like a bison; Ethan was penned up, his
-back to the throng of seamen, with no hope of escape by his usual
-tactics of retreat.
-
-So he braced himself and met the rush with all the power of his square
-young shoulders. Once, twice, thrice he struck, throwing his head from
-side to side to avoid the swinging hits of the other. Then, suddenly,
-he felt Blake’s big body give before his blows; the next instant he was
-standing gazing with dazed eyes, at the prostrate form of the Ranger’s
-bully as he lay, with wide flung arms, upon the deck.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI
-
-WHAT HAPPENED BY NIGHT IN THE HARBOR OF NANTES
-
-
-On the evening of December 2d, the Ranger’s cut-water sundered the
-ripples of Nantes harbor for the first time, and finding a safe and
-convenient anchorage, Captain Jones ordered the bow anchors let go and
-the ship stripped.
-
-It was a middy who had informed the commander of what was going forward
-in the forecastle upon the night of Ethan Carlyle’s encounter with
-Blake. After much persuasion Ethan was induced to tell the cause of the
-struggle. The captain listened with wrinkled brows.
-
-“It was Simpson who told the man that,” said he at length. “He dislikes
-me and takes no pains to conceal it. Before long he’ll have the crew
-demoralized. When an officer sets the example of insubordination the
-ship’s company rapidly follow in his wake.”
-
-That night in the French harbor, the officer paced his quarter-deck
-with Ethan by his side. All was quiet; the gleam of ships’ lamps shot
-thinly across the dark waters; the low murmurous sound of the seamen
-came from the forward part of the vessel. The three lieutenants and
-some of the crew had gone ashore. Next day the commander, Ethan and
-Longsword were to start for Paris with the secret instructions for
-Benjamin Franklin.
-
-Ethan saw that a cloud was upon the spirit of the great seaman, so he
-did not speak; at last the officer himself broke the silence.
-
-“I have not yet thanked you,” said he. “But I do so now.”
-
-“Thanked me,” exclaimed Ethan, in surprise.
-
-“For defending my good name, I mean. I have had many enemies, my lad,
-and few friends; it is comforting to think that I have gained a new
-one.”
-
-“I should think,” said Ethan, after a pause, “that one like you would
-have no lack of friends. There is not an American worthy of the title
-but what pronounces the name of John Paul Jones with admiration. You
-are known in every hamlet and town throughout the colonies; your deeds
-upon the sea in the cause of liberty are upon every lip.”
-
-The moody captain smiled and patted his young companion upon the
-shoulder kindly.
-
-“It’s kind of you to say this; and I appreciate it all the more because
-I know that you mean it. But fame does not always bring content, my
-boy, nor friends. Two years ago I should have been proud of the command
-of a ship like this, now I aspire to command fleets; and then, again, I
-sometimes catch myself wondering if the people who seem glad to grasp
-the hand of John Paul Jones, victor in some sea fights, would have been
-equally glad to have greeted plain John Paul, emigrant.”
-
-Ethan shook his head.
-
-“I suppose not,” he answered.
-
-They continued talking in this strain for some time. Longsword came on
-deck after a time and also began to pace slowly up and down, in the
-waist. At length the subject shifted to the secret instructions of
-Congress.
-
-“There does not seem to be any one in the ship,” said Ethan, “who is
-at all familiar with the Lascar but Blake.”
-
-“And he is not the master mind, that’s sure,” smiled the captain. “Siki
-is of greater intelligence by far.”
-
-“The man who sent him to steal the secret dispatch is not in the
-vessel,” decided Ethan, who had thought much upon this point during the
-run across.
-
-“My own conclusion exactly,” said the commander. “As like as not the
-directing mind of the plot will turn up there,” and he waved his hand
-toward the city. “But,” with a short laugh, “he will hear nothing of
-his agent, nor will he secure the coveted document. Before dawn Siki
-will be in irons; and the papers are safe in the strong box in my
-cabin.”
-
-“I noted the sentry at the cabin door all the way out,” said Ethan
-approvingly. “And I suppose you examined the chest frequently?”
-
-“Twice a day, to see that it was not tampered with. And the sentries
-were, in every instance, men whom I could trust.”
-
-Here one of the middies advanced and drew the commander’s attention to
-something forward. Ethan joined Longsword in the waist.
-
-“We start to-morrow, then?” said the trooper.
-
-“Yes; after daybreak. Lieutenant Wallingford has procured us horses, so
-there will be no delay.”
-
-“It seems to me, Master Ethan,” grumbled Longsword, ill-humoredly,
-“that the captain is making a great mistake.”
-
-“In what respect?”
-
-“In not keeping guard over the cabin door. When we were in mid-ocean
-and no man could escape he were very strict in that way; but now when
-there is a chance for some bla’guard to steal the secret and swim
-ashore, it’s leave the cabin unguarded he do be after doing.”
-
-“Unguarded!”
-
-“I passed there not five minutes ago. There were no one in sight and
-the place was in darkness. I lit the lamp in the companionway and
-looked about, for sure I had me suspicions. But there was no one in
-sight, good or bad.”
-
-“That is very strange,” said Ethan. “I was just now speaking to the
-captain about that very point and understood that the sentry was still
-a fixture at the cabin door.”
-
-He paused a moment, hesitating; then he said quietly:
-
-“I will return in a moment.”
-
-With quick steps he advanced to the companionway and descended.
-
-“Dark!” he muttered, as his eyes tried vainly to pierce the blackness.
-“And Shamus said he had lit the lamp. This looks strange. Why it
-would almost seem that some one had”--he caught his breath at the
-thought--“blown it out.”
-
-Creeping along in the darkness toward the commander’s cabin, his
-groping hands found the door.
-
-It was open!
-
-He paused, standing upright, unable to think what next to do. Then his
-ears caught a slight, unmistakable rustling.
-
-“Who’s there?” he called sharply.
-
-There was no response. The rustling ceased. For a moment he listened
-intently, then advanced boldly into the cabin.
-
-“There is some one here,” he said, clearly. “You might as well
-acknowledge yourself now as later.”
-
-Scarcely had the words left his mouth than he was thrown violently
-aside, and a form rushed past him through the doorway and up the
-companion ladder.
-
-Ethan shouted a warning to the deck as he scrambled up. Quick footsteps
-sounded from above, then a sharp cry, and a heavy report.
-
-When he gained the deck, he saw Captain Jones, pale of face and with a
-trickle of blood coming from his forehead, leaning against a gun. The
-Irish dragoon stood by the taprail, blowing the smoke from the long
-barrel of a pistol and peering downward into the waters of the harbor.
-
-“He’s overboard, sir,” spoke Shamus, quietly.
-
-A quick-witted middy had given the word to lower a boat; and when a few
-moments later this pulled away in search of the daring swimmer, Ethan
-and Longsword followed the commander below.
-
-The companionway lamp was lighted once more, and a search showed the
-sentry senseless beneath a piece of sail cloth. The lock of the cabin
-door was broken, but the strong box was securely fastened.
-
-“I’ll open it and make sure,” said Captain Jones.
-
-When the lid was thrown back, the first object that struck their eyes
-was a sealed packet; and they drew long sighs of relief.
-
-“You interrupted him before he could complete his work,” said the
-commander after he had heard the statements of the two. “Doubtless he
-had overpowered the sentry and had not yet forced the door when O’Moore
-came along and re-lit the lamp. Then when left alone once more he broke
-in, extinguished the light and was searching for the papers with the
-aid of this,” holding up the stump of a tallow candle, “when he was
-interrupted the second time. He was a daring villain, and another five
-minutes would have sufficed him.”
-
-Returning to the deck, after re-locking the chest and placing two men
-under charge of a midshipman to guard the cabin, they found that the
-boat had returned.
-
-“He’s either got well off or been drowned, sir,” reported the middy in
-command. “We could see nothing of him.”
-
-“Pipe all hands on deck,” directed John Paul Jones.
-
-The boatswain’s call rang through the ship and soon the crew were
-assembled. When Blake’s name was called in the roll a man answered:
-
-“Gone ashore, sir, on leave.”
-
-The finish of the roll call showed only one man unaccounted for. That
-was the Lascar, Siki. When the men had been dismissed, the captain
-turned to Ethan and said gravely:
-
-“It is just as I expected. It was the Lascar, and the chances are that
-he is safely ashore at this moment.”
-
-“And making ready to treat us to another surprise, I have no doubt.”
-
-“We shall hear from him again, rest assured. It seems to me that the
-ride from Nantes to Paris may prove a very eventful one.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII
-
-HOW LONGSWORD STRUCK HOME
-
-
-Shortly after daybreak next morning John Paul Jones left the Ranger in
-charge of his first officer, who had come on board; and then he and
-Ethan and Longsword took horse and started upon the road to Paris.
-
-“The French seem hungry for news,” said Captain Jones, as they rode
-along.
-
-“I suppose the British ministry has received tidings of Burgoyne’s
-disaster before this,” said Ethan. “It will set them in a panic when it
-does come, anyway, and they’ll be ready to grant some concessions, I
-dare say.”
-
-“Nothing succeeds like success,” remarked the captain of the Ranger.
-“For a nation to be free she must first be strong and show a
-disposition to use her strength.”
-
-“I don’t think,” spoke the boy shrewdly, “that this turn of affairs
-will hurt the hoped-for alliance with France. I fancy that France has
-held off as much through desire not to commit herself as anything
-else. The loss of the great colonies across the sea would weaken
-England; and France wants her weakened. Rather than see a peace made
-with the states still as colonies and a source of strength to her foe,
-France will cast her sword into the scale and it will be in our favor.”
-
-“A good thought,” smiled the captain. “You have not sat at the feet of
-Mr. Jefferson for nothing, I see.”
-
-“Mr. Jefferson is a great man,” replied Ethan.
-
-“A very great man,” returned John Paul Jones. “It takes a crisis like
-this present one to bring out the quality of a people; and then the
-temper of a few is bound to ring true.”
-
-The horses upon which they were mounted were good ones and they put the
-miles behind them rapidly.
-
-“This country of France,” observed Captain Jones during the course of
-the day, “is a fine one, but the people of the peasant class seem an
-overworked, underfed lot.”
-
-“They do indeed,” agreed Ethan. “Look at that group there,” pointing
-to an aged man, a young woman, apparently his daughter, and a few
-children, who stood together in a cottage door to see them ride by.
-“There has been little else but want and gloom in those lives, I’ll
-venture to say. Freedom is not worshiped here, no matter how much the
-French say they admire the desire for it in us.”
-
-“I always thought,” observed Longsword as they passed a row of
-miserable huts, “that the poor people of Ireland were the worst housed
-in the world. But, faith, the French beat them. Sure a Galway beggar
-would turn up the nose of him at a house like one of those.”
-
-“The people seem to lack spirit, too,” observed Ethan. “They are sullen
-and lowering in their looks sometimes, but they have the appearance of
-having given up all hope of betterment, long ago.”
-
-“I don’t think they ever possessed even the shadow of a hope,” said
-the captain, “nor their fathers nor grandfathers before them, for that
-matter. However, a betterment will come some day; and then let the
-gilded idlers, who crushed this people into the earth and brutalized
-them so, beware! That day will dawn red, I think, and will leave a gory
-mark upon the pages of history.”
-
-Evening had already come on when they halted at an inn and applied for
-accommodations. The landlord was a small ferret of a man with a furtive
-manner and a sidelong look; he received them with smiles, but his
-little red eyes seemed to be calculating how much they would willingly
-pay for supper and lodgings.
-
-“The groom will take your horses, monsieurs,” fawned he, as a stout
-looking lout came forward, from a tumble down building with a rotten
-looking roof of thatch. “He will feed them corn, monsieurs, and give
-them dry beds and a rubbing that will make them feel like colts.”
-
-“I’ve seen better-favored fellows than this spalpeen run away wid a
-horse before now,” remarked Longsword, who knew no French, and only
-understood what was being said by the movements of the others. “Do you
-think we’d better trust them to him, Master Ethan?”
-
-“Oh, I suppose so,” said Ethan. “They’ll be safe enough.”
-
-“I don’t believe they have a bed in the place that’s fit to sleep on,”
-grumbled the old dragoon, as they entered the inn. “And look at that
-little fox of a fellow wid his smirks and his smiles. Faith, I’ll see
-to me bit of money while I’m here, so I will. I never yet trusted one
-of these sugary villains that ye meet by the roadside. He may be the
-biggest thief in all France for all we know.”
-
-John Paul Jones laughed good humoredly at this.
-
-“Well, O’Moore,” said he, “it’s fortunate that our host does not
-understand English; he’d not be at all flattered at your estimate of
-him, could he do so.”
-
-The food provided them was poor, coarse and ill served. The landlord
-hovered about while they ate and told them what a splendid place the
-inn was when his grandfather was its owner.
-
-“It’s sorry enough I am,” remarked Longsword as he looked with distaste
-at the piece of sour, black bread which he held in his hand, “that your
-grandfather is not here to see how you are ruining the reputation he
-worked so hard for. Sure this bread was made widout salt, and the grain
-must have been mixed wid sawdust and gravel.”
-
-Ethan had translated the landlord’s remarks for the Irishman’s benefit;
-the ferret-like Frenchman seemed to understand that Shamus was not
-pleased with the fare, and proceeded:
-
-“In the old days, monsieurs, the ‘Burgundian King’ was most
-magnificent! But that was when this road was used by the nobles in
-their grand chariots. For a slight service they would fling one a
-golden Louis as round as that,” drawing a circle in the palm of one
-hand with the forefinger of the other. “And the ‘King’ was in good
-repair and very much larger than it is now. At times, monsieurs, and I
-tell you no falsehood, we’ve had dukes and princes of the blood sleep
-under this roof.”
-
-The host waited for some expression of wonderment at this news; but as
-none came he ceased; and a short time later the three withdrew into a
-smaller room in which a good fire was burning.
-
-Through the open door Longsword could see the landlord and his people
-moving about their affairs; he fancied that he caught them whispering
-and casting sidelong looks now and then, and began to feel troubled for
-the safety of the horses. At last he could stand it no longer and arose
-to his feet.
-
-“I believe,” said he, “I’ll go out and give an eye to the cattle.
-Something tells me that they are not as safe as they might be.”
-
-“Oh, I wouldn’t trouble, Shamus, if I were you,” said Ethan. “They’ll
-do very well out there. You’re prejudiced against these poor people,
-that’s all.”
-
-“It’s not their poverty that prejudices me against them, then. It’s
-their looks and their ways. I’ve come across thieving rogues a-plenty
-in my time, sir, and these have the same look, so they have--and worse.”
-
-Captain Jones and Ethan sat for some time engaged in conversation
-relating to the struggle for independence; they had been at the inn for
-some hours and the night had fallen long since, black and complete. As
-they talked they caught the sound of hoofs approaching along the road
-toward the hostelry.
-
-“More guests,” said the captain, crossing his legs comfortably before
-the fire, and enjoying the pleasant warmth.
-
-The host and his helpers seemed surprised; two parties of travelers
-to stop at the Burgundian King in one evening was an unusual thing,
-indeed. In a short time the arriving horsemen had dismounted, been
-bidden welcome, and came stamping into the supper room. The night was
-cold and had turned to snow. The men wore heavy cloaks wound about them
-and fur caps pulled low over their eyes; they crossed to a side of
-the room which was not swept by the door of the inner room, and here
-removed their mufflings.
-
-“A cold night, landlord,” said one of them, in perfect French.
-
-“It is, indeed, monsieur,” answered the host of the Burgundian King.
-“And it is growing colder.”
-
-“We’d like supper and beds,” said the guest.
-
-“Yes, monsieur, with great pleasure. We are rather crowded to-night,
-but the King can accommodate you, I’m sure.”
-
-Supper was provided for the newcomers, and they ate it with much low
-grumbling.
-
-“O’Moore would be pleased to hear that,” smiled Ethan.
-
-“No doubt,” answered the captain. “But listen.”
-
-He held up one warning finger and bent forward so that he might be
-able to hear the better. The conversation between those in the other
-room was very low; but Ethan fancied that now and then he detected an
-English expression.
-
-“Why,” whispered he, “they seem to be talking English.”
-
-“That is what I thought,” said the captain. “Can you make out what they
-are saying?”
-
-Ethan listened for a moment, then shook his head.
-
-“No,” said he. “But oddly enough I imagine that I recognize familiar
-voices among them. There, do you hear that one rather lighter than the
-rest? It sounds to me something like the voice of a boy whom I knew in
-Philadelphia. His name was Wheelock, and his family were Tories.”
-
-John Paul Jones appeared to be greatly interested.
-
-“I had fancied the same thing myself,” admitted he. “There is one
-voice among them that I’ve thought sounded strangely like--whom do you
-think?”
-
-Ethan leaned over and grasped his arm tightly.
-
-“Not Blake!” whispered he.
-
-The captain of the Ranger nodded.
-
-“Yes, Blake,” he answered. “Then you too, have thought the same! It
-must be he.”
-
-“I’ll see in a moment,” and the boy started to his feet.
-
-“Sit down,” said John Paul Jones. “Before we betray our presence here
-let us consider what it might mean.”
-
-“You are right, sir.” Ethan took his seat once more, and waited for the
-other to go on.
-
-“I think we spoke of a directing mind that Siki would probably meet
-in France--the plotter that commanded him to enlist on the Ranger and
-endeavor to steal the secret dispatch.”
-
-“We did.”
-
-“I think that the Lascar and his master have met, and that they have
-not yet given up hope of succeeding.”
-
-Just then a voice from the supper room spoke out sharp and full.
-
-“Siki did well, Blake. And if you had given him any aid my plans would
-have carried.”
-
-“You see,” whispered John Paul Jones, “I am right. Siki is there, and
-that was the voice of the master.”
-
-Blake was heard to grumble out some reply; but the other man silenced
-him instantly.
-
-“That will do,” said he. “Excuses will not answer at this stage of the
-proceedings. To put yourself back in my good graces you must do more
-than invent reasons why you failed in your part of the plan. Rather
-than remain and guard the way against the surprise which came, you went
-ashore, and so ruined all.”
-
-“Oh, very well,” grumbled Blake, “put it all on me, if you will.”
-
-“You are the one to bear the blame, and bear it you shall. Unless you
-do something that will lead to our securing this secret paper, you
-shall not receive a shilling of that which I promised you.”
-
-“A bargain’s a bargain,” said Blake.
-
-“And good faith is good faith,” said the other man.
-
-“You are right, Danvers,” said a boy’s voice.
-
-“You keep still, you pup,” growled Blake. “I don’t see what good you
-are in this, anyway.”
-
-“It was my father that found out about the paper and sent for Danvers
-to come to Philadelphia so that he might be able to get his hands on
-it. Isn’t that so, Danvers?”
-
-“Yes,” replied Danvers. “The information given me was correct, and if
-the paper is found you get your full share of the reward.”
-
-“I’ve done all I could to make up for any little lapses which I might
-have made,” whined Blake. “Only for me you wouldn’t have known that
-Captain Jones came this way.”
-
-Ethan felt a strong pressure upon his arm, and turning found the
-commander of the Ranger staring into his face from under frowning brows.
-
-“They have followed us,” said he. “And they intend to stop at nothing
-that will bring them success.”
-
-“They realize the value of the papers, or this man Danvers does, at
-least; and there is a reward offered, it seems, for their delivery to
-the proper persons.”
-
-“This boy who just now spoke,” said Captain Jones, “you said you knew
-him, did you not? and that he was of a Tory family?”
-
-“Yes; his name is Wheelock.”
-
-“There must be a leak somewhere, when a Tory could get wind of so
-secret a document in time to place himself in communication with an
-emissary of the crown. But as matters stand there is only one thing to
-do; if we cannot avoid them, we must fight them! The papers must reach
-the hands of Mr. Franklin without accident.”
-
-As he spoke the commander of the Ranger drew his sword around so that
-it would be nearer his hand and looked to the priming of the pistol
-which he carried in his belt. Ethan did likewise, and then they sat
-silently before the fire, listening, and waiting for whatever might
-happen. The voices of those in the supper room sank lower for a time
-and the two could not make out what was being said. At length,
-however, Blake cried:
-
-“I tell you they can’t be very far ahead. If this snow had not come up
-we would have overtaken them.”
-
-“Perhaps,” suggested Stephen Wheelock, “they might even have stopped
-here to-night.”
-
-Silence followed this--a silence that showed the interest which the
-remark caused among the newcomers.
-
-“Landlord,” called Danvers, at last.
-
-“Yes, monsieur,” quickly responded that individual, crossing the room.
-
-“Have you seen anything of any travelers to-night?”
-
-“Only the gentlemen who stopped here, monsieurs.”
-
-“Stopped here! Ah!”
-
-Captain Jones and Ethan Carlyle heard a sudden drawing back of stools
-and a chorus of sharp, breathless exclamations.
-
-“So,” continued Danvers, in a slightly lower tone, “some travelers
-stopped here to-night, did they?”
-
-“They did, monsieur, very fine gentlemen indeed. They honored my poor
-house by breaking bread in it, and eating of my excellent potato soup.”
-
-“And when did they leave?”
-
-“Leave, monsieur! They have not left. There are two of the gentlemen in
-the very next room.”
-
-There was a sound as though a single person had arisen; then footsteps
-slowly crossed the floor, and in a moment a tall, fine looking man with
-black hair, and a face of remarkable paleness, stood in the doorway and
-regarded the two occupants of the smaller room fixedly. There was a
-calm insolence in his air that was peculiarly exasperating, and Captain
-Paul Jones rapped out in a peppery tone,
-
-“I trust, sir, that this inspection is affording you as much
-satisfaction as it is us discomfort.”
-
-“Your name, sir,” demanded the man with great coolness.
-
-“My name is my own,” returned John Paul Jones, “and I don’t choose to
-give it to every fellow that asks it in a public house.”
-
-The man turned and beckoned; in a moment the burly form of Blake was at
-his side.
-
-“Is this the captain and the boy of whom you spoke?” asked he.
-
-“Yes, it is, Mr. Danvers,” replied Blake, scowling blackly, to hide his
-embarrassment. He did not like the look in his captain’s eye.
-
-“So, sir,” cried the latter, “I find you here, do I? Your leave ashore
-was for fifteen hours only.”
-
-“My leave ashore is for good, as far as your old barkee goes,” growled
-the Canadian sailor.
-
-“You have deserted, then?” inquired the officer, regarding him intently.
-
-“Call it what you like,” said Blake. “It all comes to the same thing.”
-
-Here Danvers signed for the seaman to go back into the supper room;
-when the man had done so the emissary of the British government
-advanced calmly to the fire.
-
-“I would scarcely style Blake’s little escapade desertion,” spoke he,
-easily, as he held his white, strong-looking hands over the blaze.
-“You see, he entered on the books of your ship at my request. It was
-only intended that he should sail with you to Nantes.”
-
-“I am quite aware of that,” answered John Paul Jones, leaning back in
-his chair and clasping his hands behind his head.
-
-The Englishman seemed surprised.
-
-“Indeed!” said he.
-
-“I am also aware that the Lascar, Siki, was in your pay.”
-
-“You are a person of considerable penetration,” said Danvers, bowing
-politely.
-
-“Not at all. It requires no keenness of wit to overhear a noisy
-conversation at an inn. I should have credited the government of Lord
-North with more circumspection in the choice of an agent, really.”
-
-The pallor of Danvers disappeared before a sudden flush of resentment;
-then he laughed.
-
-“A rather good hit,” commented he, with his white teeth showing. “I
-fancied that you might have overheard what was said, when I learned
-that you were here.”
-
-Captain Jones crossed his legs and tapped the toe of his boot with his
-brass-tipped scabbard.
-
-[Illustration: _“KEEP THEM AT SWORD’S LENGTH,” SAID CAPTAIN JONES_]
-
-“You were in quest of a certain document, were you not?” asked he.
-
-“I was,” admitted Danvers. “And to be perfectly candid in the matter
-and avoid mistakes, I am so still.”
-
-“Is there any possibility, do you think, of your securing possession of
-it?”
-
-This question was asked in a calm matter-of-fact tone that made Ethan
-open his eyes. But Danvers heard it with a self-possession that was
-perfect.
-
-“Oh, yes,” he replied, “there are only two of you----”
-
-“Three,” corrected Captain Jones.
-
-“And there are four of us,” continued Danvers. Then he made as though
-to seat himself in a vacant chair by the fire; but Ethan toppled it
-over with his foot, and the man stood glaring at him angrily.
-
-“I think,” said the young American, quietly, “that you had better
-stand.”
-
-“Ah! You are the fighting lad who made such sad work of Blake, I take
-it.” Danvers favored the boy with an unpleasant smile. “Well, perhaps
-you may have an opportunity of using your talent before long.”
-
-Then he turned to Captain Jones, and demanded:
-
-“Will you give up the document, peaceably?”
-
-“The papers are for Dr. Franklin,” answered the commander of the
-Ranger, “and not for a British spy!”
-
-Danvers whipped out the sword that he carried and shouted:
-
-“Blake! Siki! Wheelock! This way!”
-
-In response to this call the three persons named darted into the
-room; Ethan and the captain leaped up and their blades flashed in the
-lamplight, while the chairs in which they had been seated went crashing
-to the floor upon the far side. The landlord and his servants also
-pressed into the room; it was plain that strife was no new thing within
-the walls of the Burgundian King, for each of them had a stout cudgel,
-and only seemed to hesitate as to which party they should side with.
-Danvers saw this at a glance and cried,
-
-“Landlord, a dozen Louis d’or if you give me your help against these
-robbers.”
-
-“It is done, monsieur,” answered the landlord promptly.
-
-“Keep them at sword’s length,” said Captain Jones, in a low voice.
-
-“Right, sir,” answered Ethan.
-
-The next instant four swords and a few stout clubs were raining cuts,
-thrusts and blows upon them. At the first onset Ethan spitted Blake
-through the fleshy part of the neck; the man writhed for a moment, then
-fell back out of reach howling and endeavoring to stanch the flow of
-blood. Two of the inn people were badly slashed by Captain Jones, and
-now he was engaging the Lascar, who was armed with a murderous looking
-knife, Wheelock and the landlord. Danvers and the rest of the inn
-people had fixed their attention upon Ethan, and the boy was playing
-them desperately.
-
-The spy was a finished swordsman and had a wrist like steel; his
-thrusts were rapid and his defense superb. The smashing blows of the
-clubs took most of the young American’s attention, and each lunge of
-Danvers became more dangerous.
-
-It was very soon evident that the situation was impossible; nine
-against two were hopeless odds, and the captain of the Ranger and his
-young friend were gradually driven back before the weapons of their
-adversaries. Their backs were against the wall; desperation was written
-deep upon their faces, and every ray of hope had gone from their
-hearts, when the outer door was flung open with a resounding crash,
-feet were heard bounding across the floor of the other room, and in
-another instant Longsword had flung himself into the fray with a wild
-Irish yell!
-
-Like a wheel of flame his huge blade swept about him; the Lascar and
-one of the stable louts went down like ninepins; Danvers reeled out of
-the fight with a thrust through the shoulder. And with that the others
-threw down their weapons and fled.
-
-Breathless, Captain John Paul Jones and Ethan Carlyle leaned upon their
-swords; Longsword with his point in one hand and hilt in the other
-glared grimly about him. Danvers, his hand pressed to his bleeding
-shoulder and his face paler then ever, spoke first.
-
-“I suppose,” said he, in a cold, even voice, “that we are your
-prisoners.”
-
-“If this were the United States, or the deck of my ship, you would be,
-assuredly,” answered Captain Jones. “As it is, the worst that I could
-do would be to bring a charge of assault against you before a French
-magistrate. So, rather than that, I shall let you go free. I give you
-and your people five minutes in which to take yourselves off.”
-
-Neither Blake nor Siki was badly hurt, and young Wheelock was
-uninjured. The latter helped the others out, and their horses were
-saddled; well within the time allowed, they were on their way down the
-snowy road, while John Paul Jones, Ethan and the Irish dragoon stood in
-the door of the Burgundian King and watched the darkness swallow them
-up.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII
-
-SHOWS HOW BENJAMIN FRANKLIN OPENED THE SECRET DISPATCH
-
-
-Upon reaching Paris the three immediately sought out lodgings and
-removed the grime of the road. Then the commander and Ethan went to
-call upon Dr. Franklin and present their dispatches.
-
-The rooms of the famous philosopher, sage and statesman were modestly
-furnished, but were crowded by a most brilliantly attired company.
-No representative of a foreign government at the Court of France had
-ever created such a marked impression as this American commissioner.
-The imaginative French saw in him one of the sages of ancient Greece
-reincarnated. His advanced age, his natural dignity, his virtues, his
-undoubted wisdom made him a man of mark. The courtiers of King Louis
-admired and respected him, and it was seldom, indeed, that a group of
-influential persons and young soldiers were not to be found in his
-rooms.
-
-He received Captain Jones and Ethan with great heartiness, for he was
-ever eager for news.
-
-“My dear sir,” said he, holding the officer’s hand tight clasped within
-his own, “I am most happy to meet you. Your exploits upon the sea have
-long been known to us here in France, and if every American ship had
-a commander like you, we’d have the enemy suing for peace within a
-twelve-month.”
-
-John Paul Jones flushed with pleasure. It is noted of him that he ever
-loved to be praised, and praise from such a man as Franklin was praise,
-indeed.
-
-The sage had not at the beginning of the war with England, given much
-thought to the sea as a place to meet the foe in the struggle for
-liberty; being a landsman this was, perhaps, natural. But upon his
-voyage to France in the Reprisal, Captain Lambert Wickes, his eyes had
-been opened to the possibilities of what might be done upon deep water.
-This was the first American war vessel to cross the Atlantic, and two
-rich prizes were captured under the philosopher’s eyes. When these
-were sold at a French port and the proceeds added to his slender means
-his admiration knew no bounds. He saw at once how the enemy might be
-so weakened by a few swift cruisers in the German ocean as to cripple
-them permanently; and the dispatching of the Lexington and the other
-brave little vessels which carried the war under the very shadow of the
-English cliffs was made according to his suggestion.
-
-It had somehow become noised abroad that the daring and successful
-American sailor Paul Jones was to call upon Mr. Franklin that morning,
-and the throng present were most anxious to see and lionize him. They
-knew too, that he must bring tidings as to the progress of the war.
-
-Count de Vergennes, minister of foreign affairs, was present, and his
-interest was most marked; upon being introduced to Captain Jones he at
-once plunged into the subject of the American conflict.
-
-“You and your countrymen have done excellently upon the sea,” admitted
-the count, “but upon the land you have not been so successful.”
-
-“General Washington is still in the field. He will never surrender.”
-
-“That may be true. But he is retreating, retreating--ever retreating.
-This does not win battles. The British are apparently triumphant upon
-every hand. Your army has been driven from Canada; you have evacuated
-Long Island; New York is in the hands of your country’s foes; and it
-is rumored that the American soldier is throwing down his arms and
-taking advantage of the pardon which General Howe offered all who would
-return.”
-
-As he stood at a window some little distance from the group about the
-commander of the Ranger and the French minister, Ethan noted the eager
-interest of all. He also saw that Dr. Franklin had opened the letters
-which had been handed him but still held the secret packet with its
-seals unbroken; he smiled over the letters as one smiles who is highly
-pleased.
-
-As the minister continued in the same strain for some time, it dawned
-upon Ethan that the news of Gates’ victory had not yet reached him, and
-with a thrill he realized that there was a surprise in store for those
-present. At length Dr. Franklin lifted his venerable head and said,
-with a quiet smile:
-
-“But, my dear count, you have not yet heard of the affair of Burgoyne.”
-
-The minister of foreign affairs laughed.
-
-“You must not think us so far behind the times, monsieur,” he said.
-“Burgoyne compelled the Americans to retreat from Ticonderoga some time
-ago. And he followed this up by severely defeating them at a place
-called Hubbardton. This news reached us promptly and through a channel
-which we never question.”
-
-“My news,” and Franklin fluttered his letters triumphantly, “is very
-much later than yours, it would seem. Burgoyne undoubtedly accomplished
-what you claim. But it is the result of his subsequent operations of
-which I speak.”
-
-“You have news, monsieur?” The face of the Count de Vergennes shone
-with satisfaction; this gentleman was ever a friend to America, and was
-always hungry for news of American success.
-
-“Burgoyne’s troubles began with his advance upon Fort Edward. A
-thousand German mercenaries were killed and captured to begin with.
-Then he crossed the Hudson in force to turn the American position at
-Bemis Heights; but Arnold met him with desperate courage and held him
-back.”
-
-A murmur of admiration went up from the Frenchmen present.
-
-“A brilliant officer, this General Arnold,” commented the count.
-
-“Burgoyne’s communications with Lake Champlain were then cut by a
-dashing enterprise of my countrymen; forced by the hunger of his men,
-the British general risked another battle,” proceeded Dr. Franklin,
-“and met with a crushing defeat.”
-
-Another murmur went up; eyes sparkled with pleasure; hands applauded
-softly.
-
-“But,” argued the Count de Vergennes, “the tables might be turned once
-more. Burgoyne may still conquer.”
-
-Franklin smiled serenely.
-
-“That is impossible,” said he.
-
-“An hour ago I would have said as much for Arnold’s chances of
-victory,” said the count.
-
-“I said that Burgoyne’s chance of ultimate victory was impossible,
-because after his defeat he retreated upon Saratoga. Finding himself
-surrounded he surrendered his entire force to General Gates.”
-
-A cry of delight went up; the Americans were congratulated heartily.
-
-“It was such news as this that we have been waiting for,” whispered
-the minister of foreign affairs to the aged commissioner. “From now
-on things will take a turn; success will await your negotiations now,
-where only delay and disappointment met you in the past.”
-
-When all had gone save Captain Jones and Ethan Carlyle, Dr. Franklin
-said:
-
-“You will pardon me, I’m sure. These letters spoke of a document of
-much importance as being in this packet.”
-
-He broke the great red seals and tore off the covering; then, as they
-watched him, they saw his face take on a bewildered look.
-
-“What is it?” cried Captain Jones.
-
-“Strange,” said Dr. Franklin. “The entire page is blank save only for
-one word. Look.”
-
-He held out the sheet, and they found staring them in the face,
-scrawled in huge, sprawling letters, the name:
-
-“Siki.”
-
-“Robbed!” exclaimed John Paul Jones.
-
-“He got the packet after all,” cried Ethan, with a great leap at his
-heart.
-
-“Explain your meaning,” said Dr. Franklin, still bewildered. “I do not
-understand.”
-
-In as few words as possible the entire story of the attempt made to
-steal the papers was told him. He listened intently, and shook his head
-gloomily at the end.
-
-“He was a cunning rascal, indeed, that Lascar,” said he. “He took the
-packet and substituted another resembling it in order to delay the
-alarm long enough to permit him to get safe away.”
-
-“But,” cried Paul Jones, “how could he know anything about the
-appearance of the packet?”
-
-“You forget our young friend’s statement that the Lascar saw it lying
-upon the table between him and Mr. Hancock. For a fellow as keen as he
-it only required a glance and he carried away a picture of it in his
-mind.”
-
-“The attack at the inn is more than I can understand,” said Ethan.
-“If they already had the dispatch why should they set upon us after
-demanding it? The matter has a queer look.”
-
-“Most queer,” agreed the sage, wrinkling his brows. “And, to me, there
-seems to be only one explanation: The Lascar stole the dispatch and
-kept the fact hidden from his employer and comrades. He had come to
-understand that it was a very valuable thing and made up his mind that
-the profit to come from it was to be all his own.”
-
-“Bravo,” cried John Paul Jones. “That must be it--and that fact holds
-out a promise.”
-
-“Of what nature?”
-
-“We may recover the dispatch! The Lascar will be forced to sound every
-step of his way toward the disposal of the paper. He may know that it
-is valuable but he will not know to whom.”
-
-“A good thought,” said Mr. Franklin. “As long as it does not reach the
-British ministers, who alone would understand it, the paper can do no
-harm.”
-
-“It shall not reach them,” cried Ethan. “I’ll hunt this man, Siki, all
-over Europe but what I’ll have the dispatch from him!”
-
-And Captain Jones reached forward and clasped him by the hand.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX
-
-HOW ETHAN AND LONGSWORD MET A MAN NAMED FOCHARD
-
-
-Captain Jones did not propose to leave Paris for a few days, and this
-gave Ethan an idea.
-
-“When Danvers and Siki and the rest of them rode away from the
-Burgundian King the other night they came in the direction of Paris.
-I think that it would be as well were Shamus and myself to look about
-in the districts most frequented by sailors; we might come upon the
-Lascar, somewhere.”
-
-As the commander of the Ranger approved of this, the two set out that
-afternoon.
-
-“We’ll take our blades wid us,” said the Irish dragoon; “the civil
-authorities of Paris don’t look out for things very well, so I’ve
-heard, Master Ethan, and as there are lots of cut-purses in all big
-cities we’d as well be on the safe side.”
-
-Paris of pre-revolutionary days was vastly different from the present
-city. Its poor, like those of the country places, were poor indeed,
-while its rich were magnificently superior in manner and most splendid
-in dress. Squalor and grandeur were to be seen on every hand; the
-noisome dens of the Faubourg San Antoine, which less than a score of
-years afterward were to hurl their hordes of red-capped, blood-hungry
-maniacs into the vortex of the “Terror,” and the beautiful structures
-of the rich were not far separated. Ethan and Longsword, as they walked
-about, wondered how such a state of things could exist among a people
-apparently so highly schooled in all the refinements of civilization.
-
-Evening drew on and still they were afoot; both began to grow somewhat
-hungry.
-
-“I think,” said Ethan, “that we had better be getting back to our
-lodgings.”
-
-“I’ve been thinking that same for some time,” said Longsword. “A
-rasher of bacon and eggs, as that landlady cooks them, would be mighty
-comforting, so it would.”
-
-They proceeded along for some time; then their progress became a
-hesitating sort of thing, and at last they stopped.
-
-“Shamus,” asked Ethan, a laugh in his voice, “where do we live?”
-
-“Faith, then, Master Ethan, I don’t know. Ye see I have no French, and
-these bla’guard names that they give these streets get the better of
-me.”
-
-“Then,” said Ethan, “we are lost.”
-
-“But we can ask some one the way.”
-
-“We could if we knew what street to ask for--but we don’t.”
-
-Longsword pulled a long face, and pondered.
-
-“Sorra the taste of supper will we get to-night,” mourned he.
-
-“Did the street sound anything to you like Rue Constantine?” asked
-Ethan, after a pause.
-
-“It did,” answered Shamus eagerly. “It is very much like it, faith!”
-
-“Then we’ll try for that.”
-
-A shopman was appealed to and he directed them with much earnestness.
-
-“You will not take the next turn, nor the next,” he explained in rapid
-French. “But the next after that you will take, for that is the Rue
-Constantine. It runs but the one direction from here, so if you walk
-along it and look carefully you cannot miss your house, monsieurs.”
-
-They thanked the man and made their way in the direction indicated.
-When they turned into the Rue Constantine, Longsword said:
-
-“Here it is, sure enough. I remember us passing that great building
-over there some time since. Faix, and it’d be a queer thing entirely if
-we hadn’t found our way back, so it would.”
-
-But Ethan seemed rather doubtful. Gazing about, he said:
-
-“Don’t be quite so sure about your big building, Shamus. We’ve passed
-quite a number of them in the last few hours.”
-
-“Ah, but we are right anyway, Master Ethan, as you’ll find. A half hour
-will see us doing justice to that good French woman’s fine cooking.”
-
-They strode along for more than a half hour; at length Ethan saw that
-doubt was shaking the confidence of Longsword. He laughed gleefully.
-
-“Well, we may yet stay in the streets supperless all night,” said he.
-“Are you very hungry, Shamus?”
-
-“Master Ethan,” said the trooper, “this walk has given me an appetite
-such as I haven’t had since I were a bit of a gossoon at home in
-Tipperary.”
-
-This solemn assurance and the feeling manner with which it was
-delivered was too much for Ethan. He leaned against a pillar of a
-building which they were passing and shouted with mirth.
-
-“You’ll kill me yet, you old death’s head,” cried he at length. “But,
-go on, let’s see if we can’t make you happy by finding the house and
-the supper that you so long for.”
-
-Some distance farther along Shamus uttered an exclamation of delight.
-
-“Here we are, sure,” said he. “The brown building with the railings
-about it and the wide roof like a bird box.”
-
-“There are many such houses in Paris,” said Ethan. “And we’ve passed
-some of them within the last ten minutes.”
-
-“But none wid the window gardens at the second floor,” declared
-Longsword. “Sure, the landlady’s wee bit of a daughter were telling
-me the names of all the flowers while ye and the captain were off to
-the commissioner’s this morning. Of course I couldn’t understand a word
-she said, but that made no differ at all, at all. Oh, yes, this is the
-house.”
-
-The window gardens settled it with Ethan, so they went up the high
-stone steps and beat a sharp rat-tat upon the big brass knocker.
-
-The Rue Constantine was dark; there were few people abroad, as the
-night was cold and the frozen snow upon the walks made the footing
-treacherous. Lights gleamed from a few windows, the curtains of which
-had not been drawn; now and then a vehicle would go rattling heavily
-by, crunching the ice under its wheels. The door opened and a bald old
-man with spectacles looked at them sharply from the threshold.
-
-“Where are you from?” he asked, in an odd sort of way.
-
-“The United States,” answered Ethan, wonderingly.
-
-The bald man stood aside and allowed them to enter; then he closed the
-door and said rather angrily,
-
-“You should have answered, America.”
-
-Ethan and Longsword exchanged glances and smiled. They had not seen the
-old man before, and looked at him curiously. Of course, the Irishman
-did not understand what he said, but his shining pall and his jerky
-way of looking over the rims of his big spectacles was sufficient for
-Longsword; he nodded and smiled to the old man, in great good humor.
-
-“Is the captain at home, do you know?” asked Ethan.
-
-The bald man cackled shrilly.
-
-“The captain,” said he. “So you call him that, do you?”
-
-“Of course.”
-
-“Ah! Very good. And a splendid captain he is, I think.”
-
-As he spoke the old man opened a door disclosing a very well-appointed
-room lighted by a number of wax candles.
-
-“Will you step in?” he asked. “The captain said that you were to wait
-for him here.”
-
-The two stepped wonderingly into the room. The old man followed them
-just beyond the doorway, and then paused.
-
-“He is within there,” spoke he, with a nod of the head toward a door
-that communicated, apparently, with another room. “He is engaged with
-the person whom you have been in search of.”
-
-“Not Siki,” exclaimed Ethan.
-
-“We are to mention no names, if you please,” warned the old man,
-looking over the horn rims of his glasses, and wagging his head in
-strong disapproval.
-
-While Ethan was yet gazing at him in astonishment, he nodded and
-disappeared, closing the door behind him.
-
-“What a queer looking old codger,” said the Irish trooper. “What talk
-had he?”
-
-Ethan translated the words of the man and Longsword opened his eyes in
-wonder.
-
-“Is it possible that Captain Jones told this old fellow about the
-document and its loss,” cried he. “Faith and it don’t seem likely, so
-it don’t.”
-
-“Indeed it does not,” responded Ethan. “And yet what else are we to
-understand by his words? He knew that you and I were out in search
-of some one; and he said that that some one was at present with the
-captain.”
-
-“It has a queer look to me,” said Longsword, scratching his head in a
-puzzled fashion. “And do ye know, Master Ethan, the house seems to have
-a strange look, too; faith it don’t seem the same at all, at all.”
-
-“Nonsense,” laughed Ethan. “Don’t let your imagination run riot, old
-fellow. You and I are not well enough acquainted with the house to know
-how it looks.”
-
-Just then there was the sound of a door opening and closing. Then they
-heard voices in the hall, as though some one had stepped out of the
-adjoining room.
-
-“Yes,” said one of the voices, “I understood that you were being sought
-for anxiously all the afternoon.”
-
-“By whom?” asked another voice.
-
-“By Messieurs Danvers and Wheelock. They are in my reception room
-waiting for me at this moment.”
-
-“Had you better not introduce me; you know that I have not met them as
-yet.”
-
-“No more have I. You’d better wait until I’ve settled this matter with
-them. Come to-morrow and I’ll be able to give you full information as
-to the price that will be paid if the dispatch is recovered.”
-
-“I’m afraid it never will be. These Lascars are cunning dogs.”
-
-“But Siki made the mistake of trying to dispose of the paper in Paris.
-That is how we found him out. No one would have suspected that he had
-it, but for that. And a man who makes a mistake once, may do so again.”
-
-“You are right. Good-night, Monsieur Fochard. I will call upon you
-to-morrow as you request.”
-
-The door leading to the street opened, and the other voice returned.
-
-“Good-night, monsieur. Have no fear. I think all will be well in the
-end.”
-
-The door then closed, and the man Fochard returned to the room
-adjoining. Ethan gripped Longsword’s arm in a clasp that made even that
-man of iron wince.
-
-“No matter what happens,” said he, “express no surprise. Act as though
-you considered it all as a matter of course.”
-
-“What is it?” queried Longsword, astonished at his young master’s
-manner.
-
-“We are in the wrong house. And we have stumbled upon a clue to the
-missing dispatch.”
-
-The door leading into the next room was now thrown open, and a stout,
-florid man in a velvet coat and with a great bunch of seals hanging
-from a heavy gold watch chain, stepped into the room.
-
-“Gentlemen,” said he, advancing and holding out both hands, “I am most
-delighted to meet you.”
-
-When he had shaken hands with them he continued, addressing Longsword,
-
-“You are Monsieur Danvers, I take it.”
-
-“He does not speak French,” Ethan informed the man.
-
-Fochard expressed his surprise with a shrug.
-
-“Not speak French! That is odd. How then did his government come to
-choose him for this work in France?”
-
-“You forget, monsieur,” said Ethan coolly, “that his coming to
-France was by accident. The dispatch got this far because our plans
-miscarried. Danvers’ working ground is the United States, and a
-knowledge of the French language is not necessary there.”
-
-“True, true,” answered Fochard. “I had forgotten that. Then Monsieur
-Wheelock, I will express myself through you, if you will be so kind, as
-I speak no English.”
-
-“I shall be pleased to do anything that I can to help the matter along.”
-
-Fochard laughed and patted him upon the back.
-
-“We shall all be pleased to do what we can in this matter,” chuckled
-he. “Ah, the dispatch must indeed be an important one! Ten thousand
-pounds in English gold! Think of it. No wonder the rascally Lascar
-desired to secure it all for himself.”
-
-While he was speaking Fochard led the way into the adjoining room and
-closing the door, bowed them into chairs with the utmost politeness.
-The apartment was much smaller than the one they had just left; the
-walls were lined with walnut cabinets, each numbered and lettered; a
-desk piled with papers stood beneath a huge, swinging lamp.
-
-“I am most glad,” said Monsieur Fochard, “that this matter came to my
-notice while there was yet some chance of success.”
-
-Ethan bowed, and repeated the man’s words in English to Longsword. The
-latter seemed astonished and was about to ask some questions, but a
-secret signal from Ethan stopped him.
-
-“At first I thought,” said the Frenchman, “that the Lascar would try to
-sell the paper back to the Americans. And in this I was not very far
-wrong. He would have endeavored to do so had he not discovered that
-they could not afford to pay so much for it as the English.”
-
-“How do you manage to find these things out?” asked Ethan curiously.
-
-Fochard laughed, clasped his plump white hands before him and twirled
-his thumbs.
-
-“My agents are everywhere, even in King Louis’ bedchamber,” he replied.
-“The system that I have built up is the result of years of labor. There
-is nothing of importance happens in Paris that I do not know. When
-the loss of this American dispatch filtered through to me, I at once
-communicated with you and appointed this meeting.”
-
-“It was most kind of you,” said Ethan after he had acquainted Longsword
-with the outline of what Fochard had said. He did this because he had
-a lurking suspicion that the man might not be so ignorant of English
-as he professed to be. “But,” the boy proceeded, “has anything further
-been discovered?”
-
-“There has been important information brought to me within the past
-hour; in fact the agent who brought it was Garvace, and he left but a
-few moments ago. The Lascar once served the English Earl of Selkirk in
-some capacity and is, so it is understood, now on his way to some port
-where he can get a ship for England or Scotland and so place the papers
-in the Earl’s hands for the crown.”
-
-“Do you know what port he is headed for?”
-
-“No; but like as not it is Brest or Nantes; or perhaps L’Orient.”
-
-“He is wounded and may perhaps be delayed upon that account,” said
-Ethan.
-
-“Yes, that is true; however, I have taken no chances with him, for he
-is a most cunning rascal. My agents are after him. Not a vessel will
-leave any French port until it has been searched for him in my secret
-way.”
-
-“Can we do anything to assist you?”
-
-“Not in France, no. But we have learned that the Earl of Selkirk is
-most likely to be found at this time of the year at his place on St.
-Mary’s Isle. It is there Siki will make his way should he succeed in
-eluding us. My advice to you is to go there with your men, and wait for
-him.”
-
-“Your advice,” said Ethan, who had been repeating all this to his
-companion, “is good.”
-
-“That, then,” said Fochard, rising as a sign that the interview was at
-an end, “is all that I can do for you, now. You will pardon me, I know;
-but I have most important matters that claim my attention.”
-
-“Then we will not detain you,” said Ethan.
-
-As he led them out of the room, and toward the street door, Fochard
-continued:
-
-“The division of the reward is understood, then, to be as I desired.
-Half to me and half to Monsieur Danvers to be shared among our
-respective agents as we see fit.”
-
-“Monsieur Danvers will be perfectly satisfied with that arrangement, I
-have no doubt,” said Ethan.
-
-“Tell him to consider the matter and send me word by messenger before
-he leaves Paris. I like these little matters settled at the beginning.
-And now, gentlemen, I will bid you good-night.”
-
-They then found themselves shaking hands with the secret agent upon his
-door-step; a moment later the door had closed and they were standing
-upon the frozen walk, gazing at each other in astonishment.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X
-
-THE CRUISE OF THE RANGER
-
-
-It was a good two hours later when Ethan and the Irish dragoon finally
-discovered their lodgings. Captain Jones was busy over some papers in
-his room when Ethan knocked upon his door.
-
-“Come in,” said the sailor. “I had just about finished.” He sealed up
-some documents, and then went on, “Your search was longer than you
-intended, was it not? and, I suppose, without much success.”
-
-“Our search resulted in nothing,” returned Ethan. “But by sheer luck we
-stumbled upon a most remarkable discovery.”
-
-Then he related the main incident of the night, and Captain Jones
-listened with the greatest attention.
-
-“Quite remarkable,” commented he, as the lad finished. “But, really,
-except for the fact that we now know where Siki expects to dispose of
-the paper, we learned all this from Dr. Franklin’s judgment in the
-matter. St. Mary’s Isle, eh,” he continued, musingly. “I know the place
-well; and, who knows, perhaps I may touch there in the Ranger and look
-into this matter.”
-
-Not having had any definite instructions from Mr. Jefferson about when
-he should return to America, Ethan had considered that he should remain
-in France until the paper was recovered or proven to be lost for good
-and all. He had had no notion of continuing the cruise with Captain
-Jones, but now that the Ranger and the recovery of the dispatch seemed
-linked, as it were, he eagerly asked to be allowed to go.
-
-“The chances are,” he reasoned, “that the Lascar will slip through
-their fingers. If you can land Longsword and me upon St. Mary’s Isle we
-may be in time to do some good.”
-
-“I shall be most glad to have you,” said the Ranger’s captain. “And
-somehow it seems to me that a landing at St. Mary’s Isle is going to
-lead to good of some sort. I sometimes get impressions like that, and
-they usually point pretty close to facts in the end.”
-
-Three or four days later John Paul Jones, Ethan Carlyle and Longsword
-once more reached Nantes; and the former immediately set about getting
-his ship ready for the voyage that was to strike terror to the hearts
-of the British and fill those of the struggling Americans with delight.
-
-Upon the trip across the Atlantic the prediction that the commander had
-made to Ethan in Portsmouth harbor had been realized. Many defects and
-weaknesses were discovered in the Ranger, and these he now set about
-remedying as far as possible.
-
-The ship’s trim was altered; her ballast was taken out and restowed;
-her masts were shortened, also, by some feet. No man ever sailed the
-ocean who knew more about the small details of seamanship than John
-Paul Jones; after he had been in a vessel a few weeks it was an assured
-thing that she had come to do all that there was in her. Many a cranky,
-slow answering tub had been transformed, by his knowledge, into a
-speedy, amenable ship.
-
-After they had cleared the harbor the Ranger showed marked evidence of
-improvement in her work.
-
-“She’ll answer, now,” said her captain, with satisfaction.
-
-Off Cape Clear a British brig was captured and sent into Brest, as was
-the Lord Chatham, a ship out of London, which they took a little later.
-
-While heading up the Irish channel one day during the first dog-watch,
-Ethan and the commander were pacing the quarter-deck.
-
-“Do you intend to head directly for St. Mary’s Isle?” asked the boy.
-
-“No; I had thought of a plan by which an attempt might be made upon
-Whitehaven. There is a great deal of shipping in the harbor there I
-know; and if it could be destroyed it would be a damaging blow.”
-
-“You are quite familiar with that port, are you not?”
-
-“I sailed out of it upon my first voyage, and first saw the light of
-day not many miles from it. Let me once get into the harbor with a fire
-boat and I’ll forever put a stop to the burnings and ravagings that the
-British are so free with upon our undefended coast. A blaze that would
-sweep every hull from Whitehaven would show them that we have the power
-to retaliate; and after that they would be more apt to hold their
-savagery in check.”
-
-“I think you are right,” agreed Ethan. “There is nothing like a swift
-retaliation to teach a brutal and insolent enemy to be merciful.”
-
-There was a strong wind blowing when the Ranger came in sight of
-Whitehaven and beat up toward it. The boats had been lowered, manned,
-and were about to be called away, when the wind suddenly shifted and
-blew on shore. The position of the American was now most dangerous, so
-the boats were promptly hoisted in once more and the Ranger beat out to
-sea.
-
-Off Carrickfergus they took a small fishing-boat. The skipper was a
-hot-tempered little Celt, and he made a great ado about the matter.
-
-“Faith, then, captain,” said he to the smiling commander of the
-sloop-of-war, “I think it’s a shame, so I do, that an honest man can’t
-cast his nests into the say for the bits of fish that do be swimming
-about, widout being dragged on board a Yankee that he don’t want to get
-acquainted wid.”
-
-“Well,” replied Captain Jones, “we are not quite so discourteous. We
-desired your acquaintance and went to some little trouble to make it.”
-
-“Sure, then,” snapped the other, “if I carried the guns aboard of me
-that the Drake do, as she lies there in Belfast Lough, you would not be
-so ready to come near me, perhaps.”
-
-“The Drake?” questioned Captain Jones, with interest. “You mean, I
-suppose, the British ship-of-war of that name?”
-
-“I do,” returned the fisherman. “And she is a fine vessel, for she
-carries twenty guns and a hundred and fifty men.”
-
-The commander of the Ranger turned to his first officer, briskly.
-
-“I think, Mr. Simpson,” said he, “that we’ll change our course for
-Belfast Lough and see what can be done with that vessel.”
-
-“We are not out to engage warships,” growled Simpson, sullenly.
-
-“We are out to engage anything that promises to injure the enemy,” said
-the captain sharply. “You will please pass my order along.”
-
-The lieutenant did as requested. It is noted of this insubordinate
-officer that he seemed to regard the voyage of the Ranger more as an
-enterprise for private gain than anything else; a rich merchantman
-pleased him greatly; but he had little or no stomach for a fight with a
-vessel that carried any weight of metal.
-
-More sail was made upon the ship when she was brought into her new
-course; in the mouth of the Lough she beat to and fro until night, then
-she ran into the harbor.
-
-The Drake lay well up in the harbor, and it was Captain Jones’
-intention to lay the Ranger alongside her and board.
-
-“When I give the word,” said he to the boatswain, who was in charge of
-a group of men on the forecastle deck, “let go the bow anchors.”
-
-Cutlasses, boarding-pikes and pistols were distributed, and the crew
-stood ready. With a magnificent display of seamanship John Paul Jones
-brought the Ranger up and laid her athwart the Drake.
-
-“Let go the anchor,” he commanded in a low voice.
-
-There was a scuffling and stumbling among the seamen in the bow;
-the anchor-chain rattled, then stopped; the American sloop-of-war
-drifted down past the lee quarter of the Englishman; at this point the
-anchor fell with a loud plunge, and the Ranger lay directly under the
-broadside of the Drake.
-
-There was a stir among the watch upon the British ship’s deck.
-
-“Ahoy, there, you blundering lubber!” yelled a voice. “What are you
-about?”
-
-“No harm done,” answered Captain Jones, promptly. “Anchor-chain
-fouled.” Then in a low tone he added: “Cut that cable and let the
-anchor go.”
-
-Ethan Carlyle seized an axe from the rack, and with a deft, sure blow
-severed the thick line; the Ranger drifted slowly out of her dangerous
-position; as another attempt of the same sort could not be risked, sail
-was clapped upon her and she raced out of the Lough like a hunted hare.
-
-“It’s a rare good thing she took us for a clumsy merchantman,”
-commented Ethan to Captain Jones, as they stood together upon the deck.
-“She could have raked us from stem to stern as we lay there, and we
-could not have brought a single gun to bear on her.”
-
-“Fate seems to fight against us,” laughed Captain Jones. “Now for
-Whitehaven once more, and let us hope for a favorable wind.”
-
-They reached that port once more about eight in the evening upon the
-twenty-second of the month; but the boats were not called away until
-after midnight.
-
-There were two of these, and were manned by crews of heavily-armed
-volunteers. Ethan and Longsword had volunteered for the captain’s boat.
-
-“I will advance and attack the forts,” said the commander to Lieutenant
-Wallingford, who was in charge of the other boat. “Your share in the
-enterprise is to get well in among the shipping and set fire to it.”
-
-These were all the instructions given. Day began to dawn as they
-reached the outer pier of the harbor.
-
-“Take the north side,” directed Captain Jones, “and pull hard.”
-
-“Ay, ay, sir,” answered the third officer; his boat drew away from the
-other and made into the harbor.
-
-“There are the forts upon the south side, are they not?” asked Ethan.
-
-“Yes,” said John Paul Jones, “and they are likely to be slimly manned.
-I know the custom here, you see.”
-
-“It reminds me of old times, faith,” whispered Longsword to Ethan, as
-he sat in the stern with his great brass-hilted blade between his knees.
-
-Captain Jones was right; the first fort was garrisoned by about a half
-dozen heavy-eyed soldiers. Ethan, Longsword and a few of the more
-daring seamen scaled the wall and overpowered these without trouble.
-
-“Into the guard house with them,” ordered Ethan, “and fasten them in.”
-
-When the gate was thrown open and Jones and the remainder of the boat’s
-crew entered, the former said briskly,
-
-“Spike the guns; we may have them roaring about our ears soon if we
-don’t.”
-
-Longsword drove the plugs of iron into the vents of the cannon with
-swift and hearty blows.
-
-“Now, Mr. Browne,” continued the captain, “station a few men to guard
-the approaches from the town. Mr. Carlyle, come with me.”
-
-While Browne, middy, was stationing the men, Ethan hurried away with
-the captain toward the point where they had landed.
-
-“That is Wallingford’s boat that I see advancing,” said the commander,
-pointing to a craft slowly emerging from a wall of mist. “And I see no
-indications from the harbor that he has carried out my orders.”
-
-As a matter of fact there was no blaze among the shipping and Ethan saw
-that the face of the commander was set and stern. Wallingford’s boat
-touched and the lieutenant sprang ashore.
-
-“Well, sir,” rapped out the captain.
-
-“My lights went out, sir, just as I was about to begin work, and so I
-could not carry out my orders.”
-
-This was long before the day of “brimstone” matches. The two boats
-carried lanterns in which were placed lighted candles, and to these
-most uncertain things they had to trust for the success or failure of a
-most brilliantly planned expedition.
-
-“You will find lights in my boats there, I think,” said Captain Paul
-Jones. “Take them and try once more; there may yet be time.”
-
-His face was white with anger; he had worked hard and dared much for
-success, and that such a trivial thing as this should threaten failure
-almost made him lose control of himself.
-
-Ethan bounded toward the captain’s boat to get the lights; but here,
-too, the candles had guttered out, and all that was left was a smear of
-tallow and the blackened end of a wick.
-
-“Lights are out here, too,” he cried. Captain Jones drew in his breath
-sharply.
-
-“It seems that we are to have our share of misfortune indeed,” said he
-with a mirthless laugh. “But lights must be had.”
-
-“There is a house a little way below there,” volunteered Ethan. “I saw
-it as we came along. It’s farther from the town than any other.”
-
-“Tell Browne to give you a few men, and go there, then,” said the
-commander instantly. “Knock and ask decently at first; but if they
-refuse, or delay, beat down the door and help yourself.”
-
-Ethan was back at the fort in a few moments’ sharp run. Longsword and
-a seaman named Freeman were given him and they started toward the
-house which Ethan had in mind. Now as it happened this Freeman was an
-Englishman and the very worst man in the Ranger to be selected for the
-work in hand.
-
-The house proved to be a small public inn, and the young American
-hammered upon the door loudly with the heavy butt of a pistol. As no
-answer came Longsword dealt the door a brace of lusty kicks that made
-the entire structure rattle.
-
-“They seem to be sound sleepers,” said Freeman, who had remained very
-quiet up till then. “Suppose I go around to the rear and see what can
-be done.”
-
-He did not wait for Ethan’s permission but at once disappeared around a
-corner of the building. A nervous tremble in the man’s voice caused the
-Irishman to instinctively suspect something. He also turned the corner
-a moment later, and saw Freeman speeding away towards the town.
-
-“Master Ethan,” roared the dragoon. “He’s off.”
-
-“Whom do you mean?”
-
-“The Englishman. There he goes, as fast as his legs can take him.”
-
-“We’ll have the whole of Whitehaven here in short order now,” said
-Ethan. “He’s gone to give the alarm.”
-
-“Not if I can stop him,” shouted the ex-trooper. He threw up his pistol
-with a quick, expert snap of the arm, and fired. Freeman half-halted,
-tottered a little, but continued on toward the town almost as fast as
-before.
-
-“You got him,” said Ethan.
-
-“But not enough,” grumbled Longsword. “It hardly cut the skin of him.”
-
-“Try for him, once more, with this,” and Ethan offered Shamus his own
-pistol. The Irishman was a wonderful shot with these awkward weapons;
-but the range caused him to shake his head.
-
-“Too late,” said he. “It’d take a musket to find a man at that
-distance.”
-
-The sound of the shot had the effect of arousing the house; a window
-was thrown open above, a night-capped head was protruded, while a pair
-of sleep heavy eyes blinked down at them in the pale light of the dawn.
-
-“Hello,” cried the owner of the night cap in a husky sort of bellow.
-“What’s wanted below there?”
-
-“Arrah, come down wid ye and open the door,” requested Longsword with
-great promptness.
-
-“And have myself killed for my trouble,” said the man at the window.
-
-“Ye’ll get yourself killed if you don’t do as you’re told, my friend,”
-said Longsword with a reckless flourish of his empty pistol. The man
-withdrew his head with a jerk; and though they continued to call to
-him, he refused to show himself.
-
-“Down with the door,” cried Ethan at last. And putting their shoulders
-to it they sent it crashing inward. There now came a perfect storm of
-screams and yells from the regions above.
-
-They found themselves in a room in which a sea coal fire was burning;
-after a short search Ethan found a couple of fat pine billets which he
-stuck partly into the fire. While they awaited such time as the torches
-should ignite, they stood in the broken doorway and looked earnestly
-toward the town. The noises from the rooms above had died away; and now
-a long, low murmur as of many voices was carried to their ears by the
-wind, which was toward the harbor. With each moment the sound increased
-in volume; it would rise sharply and then fall away, only to rise once
-more.
-
-“The town is up, sure enough,” said Longsword, grimly. “Freeman has
-lost no time.”
-
-Once more the murmur of the distant voices rose and fell; it had a
-fierce intensity that came awesomely to the listeners as they shivered
-in the chill of that spring morning. From far down the street a huddle
-of people swept around a corner; in their hands they bore all sorts of
-hastily snatched weapons; and by their gesticulations Ethan saw that
-they were wrought up to a pitch of frenzy.
-
-“We have no time to waste,” said the young American, rapidly. “In a few
-moments more they will be here.”
-
-He ran into the room and snatched the torches from the coals; the ends
-were smoldering only, but he swung them about his head a few times and
-they burst into a blaze.
-
-“Now we are ready,” he cried. In a moment they were out in the road.
-The shrill cries of the advancing townspeople sounded fiercer still;
-the heavy tramp of their feet was swift and menacing.
-
-“They mean business, sure,” cried Longsword. “Look out!”
-
-Two or three bullets struck near them and the vengeful cries increased.
-From the window of the inn the landlord was clamoring at the top of his
-lusty voice.
-
-“Come on,” shouted Ethan to the Irishman as he darted down the road.
-Longsword followed close at his heels; now and then he flourished his
-empty pistol and defied the crowd mutely.
-
-John Paul Jones was awaiting them eagerly.
-
-“Hah! You have the lights. Good! But what is that noise I hear? You
-have injured none of the folks at the house, I hope.”
-
-“No,” answered Ethan. “Freeman, the sailor whom we took with us,
-slipped into the town and aroused the people. They are coming in
-crowds.”
-
-A frown wrinkled the commander’s brow.
-
-“I had hoped that this would not happen, at least, until we had kindled
-a good blaze. But we must do our best, as it is. Ahoy, there, into the
-brig, and put the torch to her.”
-
-There were a great number of vessels which had been taking in or
-discharging cargoes; for the most part they lay close together, and a
-fire started in one would probably mean the destruction of all.
-
-The brig to which Paul Jones referred was one of the largest vessels
-at hand, and a great quantity of combustible matter had been scattered
-through her while Ethan had been securing the lights. Those set to
-apply the torch did not perform that duty quickly enough for the
-impatient commander; so he sprang forward, snatched a blazing brand
-from one of them and leaped aboard the brig. Plunging below decks he
-applied the torch; as he gained the deck once more he was followed by a
-thick cloud of smoke and a shower of sparks.
-
-The people of Whitehaven had, by this time, reached the entrance to the
-wharf, though the sight of a number of heavily-armed seamen halted them
-promptly. But with each passing moment their numbers increased, their
-shouts and execrations filled the air; every now and then a flight of
-missiles would patter about the Americans. Then the fired brig burst
-into a fierce blaze; from every port and seam smoke and flame jetted
-and curled; and as no more was now to be done, Paul Jones shouted:
-
-“To the boats, men. But take your time. Show any evidence of haste, and
-we’ll have all those people upon us.”
-
-The men obeyed. With Lieutenant Wallingford’s eye upon them, they
-climbed into the boats. Captain Jones, however, remained upon the pier.
-Ethan was about to follow the others when he noticed this.
-
-“All hands in the boats, sir,” said he.
-
-“Very well,” answered the other coolly.
-
-The fire in the brig had suddenly begun to die away, and he feared that
-it was about to go out. Ethan realized that this was the cause of his
-delay.
-
-“It needs more draught, I think,” said the boy.
-
-“If the hatches were all off it would have more chance,” said the
-captain.
-
-Without a word Ethan sprang to the vessel’s rail and climbed aboard.
-As luck would have it an axe was at hand; and in a moment his sturdy
-blows were ringing and crashing in the ears of the mob. This latter had
-constantly grown larger; from every direction the people were hastening
-to the scene. When the throng realized what the axe blows meant, a wild
-howl went up from them.
-
-“Down with the Yankee pirate,” came the cry.
-
-“They are burning the ship!” shrilled a newcomer.
-
-“Look,” shouted another; “there is only one man. Shall five hundred
-loyal subjects of the king be braved by one American cut-throat?”
-
-“Never!” roared the mob.
-
-Like a fury Ethan hacked and hewed at the hatches until he had them all
-cut away; he was delivering the finishing strokes when the press from
-the rear of the crowd became so great that those in front were hurled
-forward.
-
-“Back!” cried the intrepid John Paul Jones, presenting his heavy
-pistols in their faces. “Keep back!”
-
-This ready action and the coolness of the man filled the angry mob with
-fear. With cries of alarm they fled back to their former positions at
-the head of the pier. The brig was now wrapped in a solid sheet of
-flame; and as there was nothing that demanded the further detaining of
-the Ranger’s boats, the captain sprang into one of them, followed by
-Ethan, and they pushed off.
-
-Immediately the crowd surged down the pier; some sprang to fight the
-flames; others stood at the harbor’s edge and shrieked their threats
-of vengeance; but the tars in the rapidly-receding boats only answered
-by a derisive laugh. Some one released the guard at the fort; the
-hastily-driven spikes were wrenched from one or two of the guns; and
-they were loaded and trained upon the boats.
-
-But by the time their sullen reports broke upon the morning air the
-Americans were out of range; and in a very little while later the
-dashing sloop-of-war, under a press of white canvas, had disappeared
-beyond the vision of those upon the shore.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI
-
-ON ST. MARY’S ISLE
-
-
-Expresses dashed about and signal fires burned along the coast from
-one end of England to the other. Fear fell upon the folk of every
-commercial port and fishing hamlet. Invasion had been the very last
-thing that the British had thought possible; no enemy had set his foot
-upon their soil before in the memory of living man; and now that the
-despised Americans had accomplished the feat, a wave of mingled fear
-and fury swept through the “tight little isle.”
-
-The British had thought it very right and proper to burn and destroy
-along the American coast; they considered it a rather quick and
-effective method of suppressing the rebellious subjects of the king.
-
-But when the youthful republic sent this daring sailor, Paul Jones,
-across the sea and through him applied the torch to British property
-and in a British harbor, the thing seemed vastly different. Pirate was
-the mildest term they could find for the chief of the Ranger; and
-indeed so they affect to regard him to this day.
-
-Parliament was appealed to by the populace, and it was implored to have
-armed vessels sent out after the daring Yankee, and to scour the seas
-until he was either taken or sunk.
-
-News of all this reached John Paul Jones through vessels that he
-captured in the Irish Channel; but he only laughed and glanced proudly
-about at his trim, swift, well-armed ship.
-
-“It is about time that our friend the Lascar was due at St. Mary’s
-Isle,” said he to Ethan, one evening as they sat in the cabin talking
-over the secret dispatch and its probable fate. “I am thinking of
-heading for there and giving you a chance to see.”
-
-“Do,” said the lad eagerly. “Think what the loss of this paper might
-mean to our country. We should use every means in our power to recover
-it; and St. Mary’s Isle offers at least a possibility.”
-
-“What you say is very true,” said the commander gravely. “But I have
-still another reason for making this landing.”
-
-“Indeed.”
-
-“From time to time the people of the United States have heard of the
-dreadful treatment meted out to American prisoners of war in the
-British hulks and jails; but in spite of the protests of Congress,
-nothing has been done by the English king to alter this state of
-affairs.”
-
-“It is believed to be growing constantly worse.”
-
-“The only hope of relief to our imprisoned countrymen,” said Paul
-Jones, “lies in our ability to effect a system of exchange.”
-
-“But this has been tried many times before,” said Ethan. “I copied the
-papers for Mr. Jefferson upon one occasion. But nothing ever came of
-it.”
-
-“The reason of that is very clear. We have had no prominent captives.
-Let us once get a man of great name into our power and we can compel
-the beginning of such a system.”
-
-“That seems very likely,” said the lad.
-
-“Here is the Earl of Selkirk, one of England’s most exalted personages.
-If we had him in our power it would not be many months before the
-treatment of American prisoners would change. And when we land upon
-St. Mary’s Isle, the Lascar, Siki, will not be the only person sought;
-if it is possible to do so, I shall leave there with the earl in this
-cabin a prisoner and hostage.”
-
-Upon the beautiful headland at the mouth of the River Dee, the noble
-Earl of Selkirk had a magnificent seat. It was not long before the
-Ranger came in sight of this; the news of what the commander had
-resolved to do had leaked out and the entire ship hummed with it.
-
-The sloop-of-war ran in close and the boatswain’s call rang through
-her. Two boats’ crews, armed with cutlass and pistol, were called away,
-under the command of Captain Jones and Lieutenants Simpson and Hall. An
-old, white-haired man met them as the bows of the boats ran up upon the
-sand; and he bowed low, hat in hand.
-
-“Welcome, sir,” said he, the tremble of age in his voice. “The king’s
-officers are always welcome. It has been many months since we have been
-favored by a visit from a ship of his Majesty’s navy.”
-
-The old man had the appearance of a steward or an upper servant of some
-sort; the Ranger flew no flag and he mistook her for a king’s ship.
-Captain Jones smiled kindly upon the old fellow.
-
-“Thank you for your kind words,” said he. “I only hope that the earl
-will be equally glad to see us.”
-
-“The earl, sir, would be pleased, I know. But, ah,” and the ancient
-shook his white head sorrowfully, “he has been called away.”
-
-“Called away!” The captain exchanged glances with Ethan and his
-officers, while the boats’ crews muttered their disappointment.
-
-“Yes, sir,” said the old servant. “He has been a-gone for some time
-now. Do you know, sir,” and he came nearer to John Paul Jones and
-lowered his voice, “I can’t abide these blackamoors.”
-
-Ethan Carlyle started; and the commander said quickly:
-
-“What do you mean by that?”
-
-“I mean the man who haunted the grounds, sir, for days. He wanted to
-see the earl; and when, at last, he did see him, the earl went away to
-London or some other place. No, sir, I don’t like these blackamoors.”
-
-“Too late,” said Ethan Carlyle, with a great feeling of weight at his
-heart.
-
-“It would seem that we are to be disappointed in both quests,” said the
-captain, in a low tone. “The earl is gone and he has taken the paper
-with him. Perhaps it is even now in the hands of the British ministers.”
-
-Then he turned to Simpson and Hall. “We may as well return to the ship.
-There seems to be nothing for us here.”
-
-“There is the hall,” said Simpson, pointing toward the great white
-building whose top appeared above the trees. “I have no doubt but what
-there is rich plunder there.”
-
-“Hah!” ejaculated Paul Jones, staring into the lieutenant’s sullen face
-through his puckered eyelids.
-
-“Simpson is right,” said Hall. “We have taken this risk, and should not
-be asked to go back to the ship empty handed.”
-
-“Who is it at the hall?” asked Jones of the old servant.
-
-“Only the countess, sir,” replied the bewildered old man.
-
-“Do you hear?” and the Ranger’s commander wheeled upon his officers
-with stormy eyes. “There is only a helpless woman then at the house.
-Are my ship’s company to turn buccaneers, indeed?”
-
-“It is all very well for you to hold your high notions,” said
-Lieutenant Simpson with something like a sneer, “but the officers of
-the Ranger sailed in her for profit. And as here is an excellent chance
-for booty, I am for seizing it.”
-
-“If you sail for glory, Captain Jones,” said Hall, “very well.
-Patriotism is a very good thing; but plunder is not so bad.”
-
-There was a murmur of assent from the boats’ crews; the continued
-insubordination of these two officers during the voyage had spoiled the
-men of the Ranger; there had been times when only the utmost firmness
-had prevented a mutiny.
-
-“The cruise of the Ranger has not been as fortunate as we could wish,”
-remarked Simpson, “and now that this little chance for plunder presents
-itself we have no desire to see it slip by.”
-
-“Nor the crew either,” said Hall, meaningly. And the men shot frowning
-glances at their captain.
-
-The latter’s face was white with anger and his hand clutched the pistol
-in his belt. Ethan and Longsword stepped to his side with weapons ready
-in case of need; the commander gave them a quick look of thanks. But a
-moment had served to change his mind. To shoot down Simpson and Hall
-would only bring on a bloody and unnecessary encounter, and the loss of
-the Ranger to the cause of freedom might result. So the captain’s hand
-dropped away from his pistol butt, and he said in an icy voice:
-
-“You do this thing against my will. I want that understood; and both of
-you will answer for it before a naval board.”
-
-“If you are so very particular about the matter,” said Simpson, “why,
-when the booty is appraised by the prize court, you can buy it in and
-return it to the noble earl if you so desire.”
-
-“I thank you for the suggestion,” said the captain, coldly, “and I will
-act upon it.”
-
-They stared at him in silence for a moment; then Hall asked:
-
-“Have we then your permission to proceed, sir?”
-
-“You have both announced your determination to do as you like,” said
-Paul Jones, bitterly, “and I will raise no hand to prevent you carrying
-out your plans. But the responsibility shall be your own; I will have
-no hand in the affair.”
-
-Without another word, the mutinous officers ordered the men to advance;
-and away they went toward the hall, their side arms clanking and their
-sullen eyes avoiding the glance of their angry commander.
-
-History relates how they found the countess in the hall, and surrounded
-it; how they demanded the plate chest, and how it was given up to them
-by the lady almost without protest. Ethan and Longsword had followed
-the party, and with face scarlet with shame the former watched the
-seamen bear off the chest.
-
-“It seems, Longsword,” said the lad, his eyes smoldering with rage,
-“that we have turned thieves.”
-
-“Yes, faith, and nasty, low-down thieves in the bargain,” agreed the
-Irish dragoon.
-
-“Look at the captain,” said Ethan, pointing to the slight figure of the
-Ranger’s young commander as he paced up and down beneath the trees,
-with bent head and hands clasped behind him.
-
-There was a set, hard look upon his face as he raised it, and saw the
-men returning with their plunder. But he said not a word, and at once
-proceeded to make ready for their return to the Ranger.
-
-Ethan and Longsword were some distance behind the party; the shame that
-they felt in this act of knavery would not permit them to mingle with
-the others; and as they were passing a high and beautifully trimmed
-hedge, the first man clambered into one of the boats.
-
-“Make haste,” said Longsword, “we shall be left behind.”
-
-They broke into a trot; but hardly had they taken a half dozen steps at
-the increased pace, when a score of men leaped over or burst through
-the hedge and fell upon them. Rough hands were clapped upon their
-mouths; they struggled desperately, but were borne to the ground and
-pinned there by strong arms. It took some little time to accomplish
-this, and when at last they were overcome the Ranger’s boats were well
-upon their way, the men bending strongly to their oars.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII
-
-IN WHICH DANVERS APPEARS ONCE MORE
-
-
-After their captors had them securely trussed up with strong ropes,
-they paid very little attention to Ethan or his companion. Something at
-sea seemed to interest them greatly, and, filled with curiosity, the
-two struggled to see what it could be.
-
-“Look how the Ranger’s men are dragging at the sweeps,” said Ethan.
-
-“They pull like mad,” agreed Longsword as he sat up in the sand in
-spite of his bonds. “And look how the officers are urging them on!”
-
-“Something has happened,” said the lad.
-
-“Something will happen within the next half hour,” said one of the
-Englishmen who stood near. “His Majesty’s frigate Thunderer is going to
-have a word to say in this matter pretty soon.”
-
-“An English ship!” cried both captives.
-
-“Ay, and a smart craft, too, with plenty of guns and men. She’s been
-lying further up behind the headland; but we’ve sent word and she’s
-coming down.”
-
-As the man spoke there came the deep boom of a gun; the Ranger, with
-her sails filled, went flying seaward; from around the headland swept
-the huge, dark hull and towering sail spread of a British ship-of-war,
-a column of white smoke arising from her bow.
-
-“The Yankee are running away,” cried a voice. “They can rob defenceless
-people, but they won’t stand and fight.”
-
-“What’s the matter wid them?” growled Longsword as he watched the
-Ranger. “Sure our ship can beat that fellow wid ease.”
-
-“And she’s going to do it,” cried Ethan. “Look there. She only stood
-out for sea-room.”
-
-Sure enough the American vessel now wore around and opened fire; from
-that distance the puffs of smoke from her sides could be seen long
-before the reports were heard; and when they did come, they were dull
-and sullen and ominous.
-
-“Hello,” cried one of the men on the beach, “that Yankee can shoot a
-bit.”
-
-At the first fire the Thunderer’s bowsprit hung limply, her foresails
-trailing in the sea; a clutter of spars and a broken topmast hung over
-the deck, and the rent canvas flapped helplessly and wrapped itself
-about the masts and shrouds.
-
-The Ranger then stood in to take up a more effective position; but the
-skipper of the British frigate seemed to already have more than enough
-of the fight; and making what sail he could he quickly scuttled back in
-the direction from which he had come. The Englishmen were much wrought
-up over this defeat; but Ethan and Longsword were well pleased.
-
-“She came out like a conqueror,” said the lad, “and she went back like
-a hen caught in a shower of rain.”
-
-“You keep quiet,” growled one of the men. “You’ll have all the trouble
-you can attend to in a few moments without making more for yourself.”
-
-“I and my companion are to be treated as prisoners of war, I suppose,”
-said Ethan.
-
-“You are to be treated just as this gentleman sees fit,” answered the
-man.
-
-As he spoke, he pointed to a newcomer who came sauntering coolly
-along, his eyes turned seaward upon the Ranger, which was dressing her
-yards and about to put to sea.
-
-“Danvers!” exclaimed Ethan, instantly recognizing the jetty hair and
-the remarkable pallor.
-
-The man turned and darted a swift, searching look at the boy as the cry
-reached his ears. Then his face lighted up in triumph and he laughed in
-a short, sharp way that bespoke malicious satisfaction.
-
-“So, it is you, my young friend, is it?” he cried, advancing toward
-them. “I had heard that my men had made a capture, but had no idea that
-it was any one but a brace of seamen.” He stood looking down at them, a
-smile showing his white, even teeth, and one hand tapping the hilt of
-his sword. “So,” he went on after a pause, “you have joined with the
-Lascar, have you?”
-
-“Joined with him,” repeated Ethan in surprise.
-
-“Ay, and don’t seek to deceive me. I am not Monsieur Fochard.”
-
-Ethan and the Irish dragoon laughed at this, and Danvers glowered at
-them blackly.
-
-“You have seen Monsieur Fochard, then,” smiled the young American.
-
-“Less than a half hour after you had gone. Your trick was a most clever
-one; I am an admirer of cleverness, even when it is displayed against
-me, and I beg of you to accept my congratulations.”
-
-Despite the man’s evident anger, it seemed as though he meant this; as
-an adept in trickery himself, he was forced to admiration at Ethan’s
-apparent excellence in this line.
-
-“But tell me,” he went on, bending over them, “how did you know that
-Fochard was concerned in this matter? and how did you learn that I was
-to visit him upon the night you and this man,” indicating Longsword,
-“impersonated Wheelock and myself?”
-
-Ethan smiled, but shook his head. It was plain that the man was
-mystified, and, of course the lad had no desire to enlighten him.
-
-“That,” he replied, “is a secret.”
-
-Danvers bent his brows still more, and his lips tightened.
-
-“A secret--yes, I suppose it is. And you thought to have the later
-developments a secret, too, didn’t you?”
-
-“What do you mean?”
-
-“I mean with regard to the man Siki.”
-
-“This,” said Ethan in a puzzled way, “is the second time within a very
-few minutes that you have hinted a mysterious something about this
-slippery Lascar. But I don’t just grasp your meaning.”
-
-“You may evade the fact as you please,” said Danvers, “but it remains
-the same. I’ll tell you what I have found out. When you discovered who
-had the dispatch that night in your visit to the secret agent, Fochard,
-you conceived the idea which you and your friend, Captain Jones, have
-so admirably carried out.”
-
-“And what was that?”
-
-“To seek the Lascar, and enter into a compact with him to sell the
-dispatch.”
-
-Ethan turned white; his eyes blazed and he struggled desperately with
-the stout ropes that bound him.
-
-“If I were free,” he gasped, “I’d make you regret those words.”
-
-“Oh, spare me any heroics,” sneered the British spy. “I know that both
-you and that Scottish renegade, John Paul Jones, profess a most lofty
-patriotism. But neither of you can deceive me.”
-
-“That,” cried Longsword, who had not been able to speak before, so
-great was his astonishment, “is the most bla’guardly accusation I ever
-heard in me life, so it is. D’ye mean to say that this lad whom I held
-in me two arms as a babe, would sell his country to your mad old king?”
-
-“If the price of his treachery were sufficient, of course he would,”
-jeered Danvers. “It was the end of country and all else when he knew
-that ten thousand pounds would be gained by the delivery of the
-dispatch. I have met many men; and I am a fair judge of these little
-things, believe me.”
-
-“If I were as sharp as you,” growled the Irish trooper, “I’d be afraid
-to associate wid meself, so I would.”
-
-“I was here when the Lascar came,” said Danvers to Ethan, and ignoring
-Longsword. “I saw him meet the earl; I overheard what they said.”
-
-“Ah!” said Ethan, with an eagerness that he was unable to conceal.
-
-“The fellow told the earl of the paper; he said that it was then in
-the possession of another. I met him afterward in the road; it was
-after dark, and I was soon squeezing his story from his throat.”
-
-“And he told you----?”
-
-“He told me how he sailed from France in the Ranger; how you were now
-leagued with him, and Jones, also; and you, he said, were the person
-who had the paper.”
-
-“I understand the matter now,” said Ethan. “He told you what it suited
-him to have you believe.”
-
-Danvers laughed.
-
-“Oh, don’t try to throw the dust in my eyes like that,” he said. “I’m
-too old a hand for that sort of thing.”
-
-Ethan at once saw that it would be the merest folly to attempt to
-convince the man of the Lascar’s deception, so he said nothing more.
-
-“Our friend, Siki,” said Danvers, “is now safe on board the frigate,
-Drake, which is lying at Carrickfergus; she was in these waters at the
-time of my capture of him, and I had him sent aboard for safe keeping.”
-
-“I suppose,” said Ethan after a short silence, “that we two are
-destined for some hulk or prison.”
-
-“For a prison, you may be sure,” laughed the emissary of the crown,
-“but a private prison of my own. You’ll be safe enough there until I
-can end the whole matter. And now, where is the dispatch?”
-
-“I only wish I could say,” said Ethan. “But I assure you I know nothing
-of its whereabouts.”
-
-Danvers smiled coldly.
-
-“Here, men!” he cried to some of his followers, who had withdrawn some
-little distance during the above conversation, “search these prisoners;
-and do it thoroughly.”
-
-The men did as they were bidden; their search was complete, but, of
-course it resulted in nothing. Danvers bit his lip and was savage in
-his disappointment.
-
-“Jones has it, then,” he said. “The villain; I’ll have it from him yet.”
-
-“You seem very ready, Mr. Danvers, to apply harsh names to Americans.”
-
-“Jones is not an American.”
-
-[Illustration: _DANVERS CAME DOWN INTO THE HOLD_]
-
-“You are wrong. By accident of birth he was a Scotchman; but love of
-liberty and the willingness to dare death in her cause has made him
-American.”
-
-“He is a rascally ex-slaver,” growled Danvers.
-
-“If a lad of eighteen was a rascal for taking employment in a slave
-ship, then the English government must be a government of rascals for
-encouraging that hideous traffic that they might gain money by it.”
-
-“How dare you!” cried the Englishman. “How dare you talk so against the
-king’s government while in the king’s country!”
-
-“I have not stopped at words against the king’s government,” said Ethan
-proudly.
-
-“No; I’ve heard of the doings of your pirate ship in the channel. But
-she’ll soon meet her fate. British ships and British tars are in search
-of her.”
-
-Ethan laughed amusedly.
-
-“You saw what happened to a British ship less than a half hour ago, did
-you not? The Ranger will not be so easily taken.”
-
-Danvers was a man of violent temper; he could not answer this in the
-calm manner that he desired; so he turned away without a reply, and
-gave an order to his men in a low tone. In a few moments the young
-American and the Irishman were deposited in the bottom of a large
-skiff, still trussed up with the ropes, and were being rowed toward
-the Dee, where a small schooner-rigged tender lay. They were lifted on
-board of this vessel, which toward night made sail out of the harbor
-and down the coast.
-
-Ethan and Longsword were eased of the ropes, but were at once ironed
-in the tender’s hold. It was dark there, not a ray of light penetrated
-anywhere; but they lay and listened to the beat of the channel waters
-against the sides, and talked in low tones.
-
-“It looks,” said Longsword, gloomily, “as though we two were laid up
-for the rest of the war. Wid British irons upon our legs and arms
-things don’t seem very bright, me lad.”
-
-“Don’t say that,” cried Ethan in a sharp, pained voice. “I can’t stand
-it, Shamus; the thought that we may be chained up in an English ship or
-a prison of some sort when our country needs every pair of hands that
-can oppose her foes, makes me desperate. It’s like despair itself!”
-
-About an hour after the schooner had got well under way, Danvers came
-down into the hold with a lantern. He stood over them and stared coldly
-from one to the other.
-
-“Ironed like thieves,” he said with a sneer. “It would delight the
-heart of your grandfather, old Clarette, boy, or your English father,
-to see you so, wouldn’t it?”
-
-“They would be glad to think that I have suffered something for my
-country.”
-
-“Your country!” snarled Danvers. “Bah, that nest of rats which you call
-a Congress will be broken up before long; the arch-traitor, Washington,
-will dangle from the end of a rope, while his tatterdemalions will be
-hunted through the woods like foxes.”
-
-“That was said long ago,” replied Ethan. “But it is all as far from
-accomplishment as ever. The American people will never bow the knee to
-a king’s will again.”
-
-Danvers had not yet overcome his anger of the day, and now he seemed
-upon the point of bursting into a blaze of fury. But with an effort he
-calmed himself; flashing the rays of the lantern into Ethan’s face, he
-said:
-
-“Boy, somehow or other you have the knack of angering me, and when
-people anger me they are in danger, especially when they are enemies to
-the king. In certain crises I even possess the legal power of life and
-death; and were I so minded I could string you from the rigging of this
-vessel. What do you say to that?”
-
-“Nothing,” returned Ethan, looking him unflinchingly in the eye.
-
-“Ask me that question,” said Longsword, “and, faith, I’ll say plenty.”
-
-“Be still, you Irish hound!” hissed the spy; “or I’ll have you
-stretched across a grating, and let you see how the boatswain can use
-the cat.”
-
-“Arrah, don’t go to any bother on my account,” said the dragoon coolly.
-“I am willing enough to believe that the gentleman is an artist wid the
-cat-o’-nine-tails. Your word, sir, is enough for me.”
-
-But Danvers paid no attention to him. Bending over Ethan, he said:
-
-“For the last time, will you tell me where the dispatch is hidden?”
-
-“For the last time,” said Ethan boldly, “I answer that I do not know.”
-
-The emissary of the crown remained staring in his face for a moment;
-then he turned away; his footsteps sounded upon the ladder, the hatch
-above was closed and they were left once more in darkness.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIII
-
-HOW THE SPY LOST HIS PRISONERS
-
-
-In the pale dawn of the early morning the tender dropped anchor in a
-small cove, and the two prisoners were brought upon the deck. The leg
-irons had been removed, but their arms were still chained behind them.
-
-Once more they were placed in a small boat, and were rowed ashore.
-Under guard of Danvers and a couple of seamen they were marched through
-the streets of a small, poor-looking town, and at last brought to a
-halt before a gloomy, half-ruined stone building. Danvers knocked
-loudly upon the door.
-
-“This,” said he, turning to Ethan and Longsword as he waited for the
-door to be opened, “is to be your place of residence until such time as
-you make up your mind to tell me what has become of the dispatch.”
-
-“Have you not said that you thought Captain Jones had it?”
-
-“But the Lascar said that you were to deliver it to the earl; and
-I think that that was why the landing was made.” The man paused a
-moment, then added with a great deal of eagerness in his voice, “Tell
-me, did you conceal it anywhere upon St. Mary’s Isle before you were
-taken?”
-
-“I have told you that I know nothing of the dispatch save that Siki
-took it from the cabin of the Ranger.”
-
-There was plain disbelief upon the face of the spy; but before he could
-make any reply, the door opened slightly, as though upon a chain, and a
-woman’s face appeared--a bony, fierce-looking countenance with a mop of
-unkempt hair above it.
-
-“What is wanted at this hour?” she demanded harshly.
-
-“It’s I, Meg,” replied Danvers; “I’ve brought some lodgers for you.”
-
-The woman seemed to recognize the voice, for she at once threw the
-door wide, and stood before them. She was a huge, raw-boned creature,
-and looked as strong as a man; she was attired in a tattered gown,
-and a cloak was wound about her shoulders. Gazing sharply at the two
-prisoners, she burst into a grating chuckle.
-
-“Yankees, eh,” she said, as though highly pleased. “But, no,” gazing at
-Longsword once more, “this one is Irish, even the scar does not hide
-that, though it covers the greater part of his face.”
-
-“I’ll thank ye,” growled the dragoon, “not to indulge in any personal
-remarks, mam.”
-
-The woman laughed gleefully, and wagged her head.
-
-“The Irish all have tempers,” she said, “but that don’t do them any
-harm. I like them the better for it.”
-
-She then gave her attention to another examination of Ethan.
-
-“This one is younger,” she said, “but he’ll give the most trouble;
-I can see it in his face. A strong room with a grated door will be
-needed here, Mr. Danvers,” she chuckled. “If the young gentleman is not
-provided with these luxuries he may slip through my fingers.”
-
-“That must not happen,” said Danvers, sharply. “None of your nonsense,
-Meg! Put them in a place where they will be safe.”
-
-“But that will cost more, Mr. Danvers,” said the woman, with a grin, “a
-very great deal more, sir.”
-
-“Let it,” returned Danvers, shortly. “But don’t keep us standing here
-until wide daylight.”
-
-The woman favored him with no mild look; nevertheless she did as
-she was bidden. A moment later they found themselves in a narrow,
-low-ceilinged room, cluttered with broken furniture and cooking
-utensils; then the woman opened a heavy door, disclosing a flight of
-steep steps leading into a deep cellar; descending these, Meg still
-leading the way and holding a reeking oil lamp above her head, they
-brought up before a wall of massive stone work into which were set some
-heavy grated doors of iron.
-
-“I love to look at them,” cried the woman, setting the lamp upon the
-floor and fumbling at her belt for the bunch of keys that hung there.
-“Ah, they are beautiful doors, as safe and as strong as any in Europe.
-Any one whom they ever closed upon has been held as fast as a rat in a
-trap. Not one has ever escaped. The great noble whose private prison
-this was in the old days, Mr. Danvers, knew how to build. Ah, yes,
-indeed. But,” with a chuckle, “he never dreamed how his handiwork was
-to bring me my living long years after he was in his grave. Oh, no, he
-never knew that.”
-
-She unlocked the door before which she stood, and slowly swung it open,
-creaking and groaning. Then she stood aside and bowed mockingly to
-Ethan.
-
-“Enter,” she invited with a grin. “Enter, my young Yankee, and never
-hope to leave this pretty cell until Mr. Danvers gives me the word.”
-
-The boy glanced into the dungeon; the pale light of the lamp showed
-that the walls were of rough stone, and that years of dampness had made
-them a hideous, slimy black. A rat scurried across the floor as the
-light rays penetrated; there were no windows and no furniture of any
-sort, not even a stool. In one corner was a heap of foul-looking straw,
-presumably to be used as a bed.
-
-Ethan hesitated upon the threshold of this den, and the woman laughed.
-
-“What!” she cried. “You don’t seem pleased. Perhaps my lord would like
-a rug upon the floor and paintings upon the walls.”
-
-“You see what is in store for you,” said Danvers. “And you’ll remain
-here until you tell me what you have done with the dispatch.”
-
-Then the spy made a sign; the seamen from the schooner pushed the
-boy roughly into the dungeon. Longsword was about to follow, but Meg
-prevented him.
-
-“Oh, no,” she cried with her mirthless laugh. “I never have two
-together. Mischief is apt to be plotted that way. Here is your room,
-my brave Irelander; it is just next door. You may talk as much as you
-like. But I’ll give you no chance to join your strength. Oh, no, no.”
-
-Another door was swung open and Longsword stepped into a cell as damp
-and as unwholesome as Ethan’s. The irons were then taken from their
-arms and the doors were securely locked; and as they stood staring
-through the gratings they saw Meg pick up her lamp and prepare to lead
-the men from the cellar.
-
-“Have you much smuggled goods in the place just now, Meg?” said the
-spy, looking about.
-
-“Ah, Mr. Danvers, sir, you will have your little joke. The king’s
-revenue never loses anything through me, as you know.”
-
-Danvers laughed.
-
-“You have changed your way of making a living, then,” said he. “When I
-was on the cutter that patrolled this coast there was no hiding-place
-that required more watching than this.”
-
-He did not wait for the woman’s reply, but turned to the dungeon door
-behind which Ethan stood and said:
-
-“For the last time, will you answer?”
-
-“I have nothing to say,” answered the boy.
-
-“In a week I will return,” said the spy. “Let us see how you stand this
-place. I fancy that by that time you will be ready to tell me anything
-I desire to know.”
-
-And with a disagreeable laugh he followed the others. Ethan heard the
-stamping of their feet as they climbed the stairs; the light from the
-receding lamp flickered dimly along the stone passage; then a door
-slammed heavily and all was dark.
-
-“Well,” called the voice of Longsword, “what do ye think of this,
-Master Ethan?”
-
-“It looks as though we were in for it, Shamus,” answered Ethan.
-
-Longsword rattled at the grated door of his cell and laughed.
-
-“It was hung here to stay, sure enough,” he said. “It would take a
-blast of powder to budge it.”
-
-“Have you any rats over there with you?” asked Ethan, after a time.
-
-“Faith and I have; I can see a dozen pairs of little, red, shining eyes
-looking at me from the corners now.” Longsword stamped heavily upon the
-stone floor and then chuckled. “Sure they are easy frightened, though.
-They run off at a sound.”
-
-The day passed slowly. They became heavy-eyed and weary of talking
-through the darkness, and stretching themselves upon the damp floor
-they slept. They were awakened by the rays of the woman’s lamp shining
-in upon them. Meg stood in the passage without, and in her hands were
-some mouldy, hard-looking crusts, and two cracked stone jugs containing
-water.
-
-“Good-evening, my gallant rebels,” she saluted, grinning.
-
-“Is it evening?” asked Longsword, his eyes blinking at the light.
-
-“Ay, that it is; and I’ve brought your suppers.” She passed the bread
-and water through small openings at the bottoms of their cell doors.
-“Bread and water,” she chuckled. “Hah, you’ll not grow very plump upon
-such fare as that.”
-
-“Plump,” growled the Irish dragoon, regarding the crust in his hand
-with high disfavor. “Why a rat would starve upon such stuff. And it’s
-as hard as a block of wood.”
-
-He hammered the bread against the wall as he spoke; it gave out a sound
-not unlike that which a block of wood would give. The woman writhed
-with laughter.
-
-“Ah, you are a rogue, I can see that,” she cried. “And like all the
-Irish, you will joke. But this one,” and she turned to the door of
-Ethan’s cell, “is different.”
-
-Somehow the laughter had gone out of her voice now, and she held up
-the lamp so that she might get a better view. Ethan stood silently
-leaning against the damp wall, and her eyes snapped with dislike as she
-regarded him.
-
-“This is the sullen one,” she continued. “This is the one who is
-thinking--thinking, always thinking how he can give me trouble. But
-I’ll tame your spirit, my lad, if you are here long. I’ve done it with
-your betters when the smugglers brought them here for safe keeping. So
-don’t be high and mighty with me or you’ll rue it.”
-
-Ethan made no answer; he stood watching her quietly, and this seemed to
-rouse her anger; she went muttering away, after a space, and once more
-left them in darkness.
-
-They grew to know when morning and evening came, for the woman always
-brought them the bread and water at these times. And with each visit
-her spite against Ethan seemed to increase; the silence of the young
-American seemed to anger her beyond measure; once she thrust her arm
-through the grating and struck at him.
-
-“Faith and you’re no favorite of hers,” chuckled Longsword, when Ethan
-told him of this after the woman had gone. “It’s too select ye are for
-her. She seems to like her boarders to be talkative and sociable.”
-
-But the incident gave Ethan an idea. They had been confined in this
-unwholesome underground den for a week, and the boy had become almost
-desperate, and was inclined to try almost anything that gave even the
-faintest hope of escape.
-
-The next time the woman came with their food, he made it a point to
-stand close to the grating, silent, cold-mannered, watchful. He could
-see Meg’s eyes snap with anger as she glanced in at him. She shoved the
-food into his cell; then in a sudden fit of cat-like fury she thrust
-her arm through the grating once more and aimed a blow at him.
-
-Like lightning the boy grasped her by the wrist, and throwing the full
-weight of his sinewy young body into the effort, he dragged her close
-against the cell door and held her fast. She struggled and fought like
-a tigress, but it was useless. He had but to wrench her arm slightly
-backward in order to bring a shriek from her.
-
-“Let me go,” she panted, glaring through the grating at him in a fury.
-“Let me go, I say.”
-
-“I will when you unlock this door.”
-
-“Let go,” cried Meg, resuming her frantic struggles. But a backward
-twitch of the fast held arm brought a scream of pain from her, and she
-was quiet once more.
-
-“The key,” demanded Ethan, firmly. “Unlock the door.”
-
-“I have no key.”
-
-“I see it among those at your belt,” said Ethan.
-
-With a snarl, Meg whipped out a murderous looking knife with her free
-hand, and reaching through the grating made a lunge at him. But, held
-as she was, she could not touch him, and another severe twist at the
-arm caused her to drop the knife and writhe with pain.
-
-By this time Longsword was storming up and down in his cell. He could
-hear what they said, but, because of his situation, could not see
-anything of what was transpiring; his repeated calls to Ethan received
-no answer, for Ethan was too engrossed in his work to heed him.
-
-“Once more,” said he, ignoring the woman’s cries, “give me the key.”
-
-“I can’t reach it,” she said. “Let my arm go and I’ll give it to you.”
-
-“You’ll give it to me now,” he replied steadily.
-
-“I’ll give you my word,” she whimpered.
-
-But he knew better than to let slip his advantage; for once free she
-would laugh at him. So he persisted in his demand, his strong fingers
-clasped like steel about her wrist; and finally, groaning and lamenting
-the fate that would be meted out to her by Danvers, she selected the
-key from the bunch at her belt, fitted it in the lock and turned it.
-Slowly the door swung open, then Ethan released her and sprang out into
-the passage.
-
-“Hurra!” shouted Longsword, as he caught sight of him. “Well done,
-Master Ethan.”
-
-“Now the other key,” said the youthful American.
-
-The woman hesitated, casting a look at the knife upon the floor; but
-Ethan kicked it beyond her reach and snatched the keys. She then
-sullenly indicated the one that opened Longsword’s dungeon, and in a
-moment the Irish ex-dragoon was free also.
-
-But scarcely had the latter executed the first intricate steps of a
-joyful Irish jig upon the flags of the passage, when there came the
-sound of a closing door from above, followed by footfalls upon the
-floor directly over their heads. The woman uttered a cry of delight.
-
-“They have come!” she cried.
-
-“Whom?” asked Ethan.
-
-“Mr. Danvers and his men,” she answered exultantly. “This was the day
-which he had set for a visit to you.”
-
-“Caught,” cried Longsword, his hands clinching and his tall raw-boned
-body growing tense for the struggle which he knew was sure to come.
-
-“Ay, caught like rats!” chuckled the woman. “You thought to give me the
-slip, did you?” to Ethan. “But you are going to fail. I’ll have you
-here for many a day yet; and I’ll be even with you for the little trick
-you played upon me just now.”
-
-“What’s to be done?” asked Ethan of the dragoon.
-
-“Fight,” answered that worthy with great promptness.
-
-Ethan smiled.
-
-“Good for you, old fire eater,” he said. “So we will. There may not be
-so many of them after all.”
-
-“But they are armed, and we have nothing but our bare hands,” mourned
-Longsword.
-
-“But we’ll have the advantage of a surprise,” said Ethan.
-
-All hope of this advantage, however, was blasted a moment later, for
-the woman, upon hearing the boy’s words, uttered a warning shriek that
-rang through the cellar with ear splitting shrillness.
-
-Instantly there came a trampling of feet upon the floor above, and Meg
-laughed in their faces triumphantly. But the laugh had scarcely died
-upon her lips when Longsword pushed her into one of the open cells and
-closed and locked the door.
-
-“Now, then,” cried Ethan, “let’s meet them at the foot of the stairs.”
-
-As he spoke he kicked over the lamp, plunging the cellar into complete
-darkness. As they reached the foot of the stairs the door at the top
-opened, and the yellow rays of a candle, in the hands of Danvers, dimly
-lit up the narrow way. Ethan drew Longsword under the stairs out of
-sight.
-
-“Hello,” called the British spy. “What is the matter?”
-
-The cries of the woman from the dungeon and the rattling of the grated
-door answered him.
-
-“Something is wrong,” said he, hurriedly. “Come along, two of you; the
-other two remain here, and keep your eyes open.”
-
-As Danvers led the way into the cellar, Ethan nudged Longsword.
-
-“Only two in the room above,” said he in a whisper.
-
-“One apiece,” said the grim dragoon with a chuckle.
-
-Danvers and the two seamen passed quickly along toward the dungeons;
-instantly Ethan and his companion were out of their hiding-place and
-softly climbing the stairs. When they reached the top, they suddenly
-flung open the door and leaped into the room. In the middle of the
-floor stood the two remaining sailors from the tender; and before
-they could recover from the surprise which the sudden appearance of
-the prisoners occasioned, they were beaten down by a series of swift
-stunning blows. Then Ethan and Longsword pushed into the street and
-went speeding away through the silent town toward the sea.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIV
-
-HOW ETHAN AND LONGSWORD TOOK THE SCHOONER
-
-
-They ran for some little time, and then Ethan looked back and saw no
-signs of pursuit.
-
-“Take it easy,” said he to Longsword. “There is no one after us.”
-
-“There will be in a few minutes,” panted the Irishman, distrustfully.
-“They’ll lose no time, sure, when they find which way we’ve gone.”
-
-However, they slackened their pace, but still headed toward the sea.
-
-“We must get a boat,” said Ethan. “It’s our only hope. To be seen
-ashore means arrest; and this part of the coast is too thickly
-populated for hiding.”
-
-“You are right,” answered Longsword. “We’ll have to get afloat; it’s
-very little chance we’ll have to do anything but starve; but if we can
-get across the channel into Ireland, I’ll go bail that we’ll be safe
-enough. There is many a colleen or gossoon that would hide us away, if
-it was only because we are enemies of the Saxon.”
-
-A few moments later Ethan remarked, “We are near the wharf where we
-landed; see that tall signal mast; I remember passing it.”
-
-“Sure enough,” said Longsword; “and here is the wharf.”
-
-It was a stout wooden pier built out into the cove for some distance;
-almost directly opposite it, about a musket shot away, were the lights
-of the schooner that had brought them to the town. They stood at the
-head of the pier for some moments; then Ethan said, suddenly,
-
-“I have an idea.”
-
-“What is it?”
-
-“Danvers and his men must have landed at this pier; and if so we’ll be
-sure to find their boat at the end of it.”
-
-“Bravo!” breathed Longsword. “Sure, ye have a clear head on your
-shoulders, Master Ethan, so ye have.”
-
-“Shall we try for it?”
-
-“We shall, more power to us!”
-
-They walked slowly down the pier; as they neared the end Longsword
-caught Ethan by the arm.
-
-“Sh-h!” warned he.
-
-“What is it?” asked the boy.
-
-“There is some one beyant there.”
-
-Ethan strained his eyes through the darkness, and at last he made out
-the shadowy forms of several men standing at the end of the pier.
-
-“A guard over the boat,” he whispered to the Irish dragoon.
-
-“That Danvers is a suspicious bla’guard,” grumbled Longsword. “Sure
-here we have sorra the weapon--not even a lump of a stick--and we have
-the luck to come across a couple of able bodied lads wid cutlasses and
-pistols, I have no doubt.”
-
-“Those we knocked down a few moments ago had the same,” said Ethan
-evenly. “And we had no trouble in disposing of them.”
-
-“Right! Ah, but it’s yourself that’s your father’s son, me lad.”
-
-They crept softly down the pier; at one side was a huge fisherman’s net
-hung upon a frame to dry; they placed this between themselves and the
-seamen from the schooner so that they might not detect any movement in
-the shadow. As they drew nearer they could hear the sailors’ voices.
-
-“A quiet night, mate,” said one.
-
-“Yes,” answered the other, “quiet enough. But I’d rather spend it in my
-hammock than watching the lights on the water.”
-
-“I wonder what it is that this government fellow Danvers is up to.”
-
-“I don’t know. I don’t even think the skipper knows.”
-
-“He must be well thought of at the admiralty, shipmate, to have a
-schooner placed at his service like this.”
-
-“Ay! You’re right there. But it’s government work he’s on; those two
-prisoners he took on St. Mary’s Isle seem mighty important to him.”
-
-“Did you hear where he took ’em? Up to old Meg Rawlins’. She’s the
-widow of old Rawlins the smuggler; Ben Kaye was in the party that went
-there; he said the boy and the Irishman were locked in cells in the
-underground vault where Rawlins used to hide his ‘run’ goods.”
-
-“I wonder why he didn’t take ’em to a reg’lar government prison?”
-
-“Private reasons, I guess. These secret service agents are queer fish,
-mate.”
-
-The men continued to talk in the same strain for some little time.
-Ethan and Longsword crouched behind the hanging net and listened.
-
-“I say,” remarked one, at last, “suppose we take a walk up the pier and
-see if they are coming. My eyes are closing for want of sleep.”
-
-“But who’ll watch the boat?”
-
-“Oh, let it take care of itself. There is no one awake here in this
-sleepy old town. And then who wants a few old government cutlasses and
-pistols?”
-
-“Come along, then, mate.”
-
-The two seamen started up the pier; and as they disappeared in the
-shadows, Ethan and the Irish soldier crept from behind the net.
-
-“Cutlasses and pistols in the boat,” whispered Longsword with a joyous
-chuckle.
-
-“It couldn’t be better,” said Ethan. “In with you, now; and we’ll push
-off.”
-
-They clambered into the jolly-boat that was tied to a ring in the wharf
-log. Ethan cast off, placed the blade of an oar against one of the
-piles, and with a strong shove sent the craft well clear of the pier.
-But they had scarcely placed the oars into the rowlocks and settled
-themselves for the pull out of the cove when they heard running feet
-coming down the pier and the sound of angry voices.
-
-“It’s Danvers!” cried Ethan. “Pull, Shamus!”
-
-They bent to their oars manfully and the jolly-boat shot away from the
-wharf, just as a shadowy group appeared through the darkness.
-
-“The boat!” cried the voice of Danvers. “It’s gone!”
-
-“There she is, sir,” said a seaman, pointing, “and dowse my tops if
-your prisoners ain’t in her.”
-
-With an inarticulate cry of rage Danvers whipped out a pistol.
-
-“Stop!” he shouted.
-
-“Pull hard,” said Ethan coolly to Longsword.
-
-“Hard it is,” came the voice of the ex-dragoon, as his powerful arms
-and shoulders labored at the oars.
-
-Seeing that no attention was paid to his command, Danvers raised his
-pistol and fired. The flash and report lit and wakened the night; then
-the ping-g-g of the bullet came to the ears of the two in the boat as
-it went past them. A series of quick, snapping shots followed as the
-seamen also discharged their pieces. When the steady splash of the
-oars in the water told the British emissary that the shots had been
-ineffective, he shouted in a voice that could be plainly heard by the
-two rowers:
-
-“Boats! After them!”
-
-“There are no boats, sir, except those of the fishermen around on the
-other side of the inlet.”
-
-“Lead the way then and show me where they are. We’ll make the schooner,
-and we’ll soon overhaul these Yankees.”
-
-Ethan signaled Longsword silently to stop pulling, and the dragoon
-obeyed. Running feet could be heard thudding dully upon the planking of
-the pier.
-
-“Did you hear that?” asked the boy.
-
-“I did, faith,” answered Longsword. “And he speaks the truth. Let them
-get out to the schooner and it’s all up with us. There’s a good breeze
-blowing and these clouds will not hang before the moon long. So wid
-the wind in their sails and floods of light to see by, we can’t escape
-them.”
-
-Ethan felt with his foot for the cutlasses and pistols that lay in the
-stern.
-
-“Could we prevent them gaining the schooner?” he asked.
-
-“All you want is encouragement,” declared Longsword, “and you’d face an
-army. No, Master Ethan, we couldn’t stop them. Ye know that I’m never
-anyways backward in a fight; but, faith, this would be mere folly, so
-it would.”
-
-There was a silence, during which they resumed pulling. At length Ethan
-dropped his oars and whirled about, facing the dragoon.
-
-“I have it!” he cried.
-
-“Ye have what?”
-
-“The solution. We’ll take the schooner!”
-
-“Boy, dear, are ye mad?” gasped the astonished Irishman.
-
-“Not a bit of it,” said the lad excitedly. “Listen. There were only
-about ten men in the vessel all told. There were four with Danvers
-and two upon the pier. That makes six, and leaves only four on the
-schooner.”
-
-Longsword drew in a long, deep breath and then said:
-
-“Good! But let’s look to the weapons before we begin.”
-
-They examined the pistols and found there were four of them; they
-were ready charged and primed; the cutlasses were of the short-bladed
-“hanger” type of the British navy.
-
-“Sure, what makes people turn out such weeney little blades?” said
-Longsword. “Faith, Master Ethan, these are not a man’s size at all, at
-all. I like a sword a good three feet long, and wid some weight in it,
-faix.”
-
-“I suppose you’ll have to do with what we can find here, old fire
-eater,” smiled Ethan. “These cutlasses are not so bad for close work.
-They are short, but remember the Romans conquered the world with a
-short sword.”
-
-“If they’d had long ones they’d done the job in half the time,” said
-Longsword.
-
-“Ready?” asked the boy.
-
-“Ready,” answered the dragoon.
-
-They headed for the schooner and began to pull swiftly, but softly. On
-shore all was silent, and darkness still hung pall-like over the water,
-though the heavy clouds were visibly thinning before the wind, and here
-and there a silver spot glimmered among them.
-
-The lights of the schooner became more and more distinct; and at length
-they were under her bow, clinging to the chains, and listening. The low
-murmur of voices came from the after part of the vessel, but forward
-all was still.
-
-“It’s going to be easy work,” said Ethan.
-
-They made fast the jolly-boat to the chains, then thrust the loaded
-pistols into their belts. Ethan, with a naked cutlass between his
-teeth, went up the side like a cat; and in a moment the tall Irishman
-stood beside him on the schooner’s deck.
-
-“Ahoy,” suddenly called a startled voice from the after deck. “Who’s
-that for’ard?”
-
-“Don’t answer,” breathed Ethan.
-
-They maintained silence; then came the voice once more.
-
-“Is that you, Mr. Blake?”
-
-No answer.
-
-“I don’t see anything,” said a second voice, after a pause.
-
-“Well, I do. Some one came over the side just now; it looked like two,
-but I can see only one, now.”
-
-“Better go below, and sing out to the skipper.”
-
-“Not till I’m sure about what or who it is.”
-
-Footsteps advanced; from behind the cabin top two forms came into view.
-
-“Now,” breathed Ethan Carlyle.
-
-“I’m right here, wid ye,” answered Longsword in the same low tone.
-
-The sailors of the schooner had advanced no more than a dozen steps
-when the two desperate boarders bounded upon them, and the cold barrel
-of a pistol pressed against the forehead of each.
-
-“Not a word,” said Longsword, harshly.
-
-“Who are you?” asked one of the startled men.
-
-“Never mind that,” said Ethan. “Shamus, tie them up.”
-
-The grim dragoon stuck his pistol in his belt: with the keen edge
-of his cutlass he cut some ropes, and in a few moments both men were
-securely lashed to the mainmast, back to back.
-
-“A piece of sail cloth would do for a gag,” said Ethan.
-
-“And here is just the thing,” said Longsword as he picked up a topsail,
-apparently used as a tarpaulin. He cut some broad strips from this; and
-despite the protests of the seamen, these were bound tightly over their
-mouths.
-
-“Keep a watch over them,” said Ethan to his companion, after all was
-finished.
-
-“Where are you going?” asked the other.
-
-“Below. I think I’ll treat the commander of the schooner to a small
-surprise.”
-
-Longsword made no comment, though his face, had Ethan been able to see
-it, took on an anxious expression. The youthful American advanced,
-pistol and hanger in hand, to the companionway. A glimmer attracted his
-attention, and looking down through a small open skylight he saw two
-men at the cabin table, engaged in an earnest conversation.
-
-The capture of the watch had been accomplished with almost no noise,
-so the two below were unconscious of what had taken place.
-
-Softly Ethan descended the companion ladder and reached the cabin door.
-He paused a moment listening, and heard one of the men say,
-
-“I tell you, Blake, it is growing desperate. British shipping is in
-the greatest danger. That rascal Paul Jones is a menace to the entire
-coast. The Drake is out after him, and I hope she comes up with him
-soon.”
-
-“You may be correct,” said the second voice, “but my opinion, Captain
-Spencer, is that there is not a Yankee nearer to us this minute than
-the coast of France.”
-
-The door opened at that exact moment, and the stalwart form of Ethan
-Carlyle stood before them, his pistol pointed at their heads and his
-hanger ready in his hand.
-
-“You are wrong in that, sir,” remarked the lad coolly; “for here is one
-at your side.”
-
-“What does this mean?” exclaimed Captain Spencer, leaping up.
-
-“It means that you are my prisoners,” observed Ethan, in an even
-tone. “Sit down and don’t become excited. It will do no good.”
-
-[Illustration:_ETHAN CARLYLE STOOD BEFORE THEM_]
-
-“Draw, Blake,” roared the schooner’s captain, as he flashed out his
-blade. But he had scarcely lifted it when the sword of the young
-American swept downward like a flash and knocked it from his hand; then
-a blow from the flat of the weapon sent him back against the cabin wall.
-
-“The next effort at resistance,” said Ethan, “will meet with a shot
-from this,” and he presented the pistol once more.
-
-“What do you want, boy?” demanded Blake, as he stood hesitating, his
-hand upon his sword.
-
-“I want you to take your belt and tie the captain’s hands behind him.”
-
-“I’ll not do it,” cried Blake.
-
-“I’ll give you just one minute to make up your mind,” said Ethan.
-
-The mate of the British schooner looked into the boy’s set, determined
-face: nothing but resolve were in the quiet eyes; and so the man
-reluctantly did as he was commanded. Then Ethan called to the dragoon
-and Longsword came down into the cabin with a couple of lengths of
-rope; in a short time the two officers were safely bound, and the cabin
-ransacked for arms; all the muskets, pistols and other things of the
-sort were taken upon deck; then the cabin was locked with the glowering
-officers within it.
-
-“Now then, look alive,” cried Ethan as they reached the deck once more.
-
-Across the waters of the cove stole a faint thread of light; the wind
-had continued to blow steadily, and the clouds had almost drifted off
-the face of the moon.
-
-“Hark!” said Longsword, lifting a silencing hand.
-
-From the direction of the shore came the steady “creak, creak” of oars;
-across the trail of moonlight a large boat was seen to dart, coming
-toward the schooner.
-
-“It’s Danvers and the rest of the men,” cried Ethan.
-
-“They’ll be here before we can get up the anchor,” said Longsword.
-
-“Then we’ll impress help,” said Ethan briefly. Stepping to the sides of
-the men lashed to the mast he cut their bonds with his hanger.
-
-“Now then, my lads,” said he, “lend a hand at the capstan.”
-
-For a moment the men hesitated; they had caught sight of the advancing
-boat, and knew that it meant help; but the Irish dragoon’s pistol poked
-itself into their faces without any parleying, and in another instant
-the capstan was clanking merrily, and the heavy anchor was being drawn
-from the bottom of the cove. Then the seamen lent a reluctant hand at
-hoisting the mainsail and the jibs. As the wheel whirled under the
-skilful hands of Ethan Carlyle, the hanging canvas filled and the foot
-of the schooner broke the first ripple on her way seaward.
-
-The boat was now near at hand, and the voice of Danvers came booming
-across the water.
-
-“Schooner, ahoy.”
-
-“Ahoy, the boat,” was Ethan’s answer as he leaned his weight upon the
-wheel and watched the press of wind in the sheets with satisfaction.
-
-“Heave to,” shouted Danvers. “What do you mean by this, Spencer?”
-
-Another sail went up on the schooner and filled; the handy little
-craft responded to this increased speed instantly and went flowing
-ahead, with a wake of spume behind her.
-
-The moon had just slipped from behind a cloud and lit up the cove with
-the brilliancy of day. Danvers was standing up in the stern of the
-boat. With a cry of rage he saw his vessel filling rapidly away; he
-saw Ethan at the wheel waving a mocking hand to him; he saw the Irish
-dragoon, with a brace of pistols, hovering over the two English seamen
-in the waist. Then the moon hid her face once more; the creaking of
-blocks came to his ears, and the wash of the waters as the flying
-vessel dashed it from her bow. Danvers shook his fist in the direction
-of the sound and his voice reached the ears of Ethan through the
-darkness.
-
-“You have the best of it this time. But he laughs best who laughs last,
-my lad!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XV
-
-HOW THE SCHOONER CAME UPON THE DRAKE IN THE DARKNESS
-
-
-Within a few hours the schooner was well out in the channel and
-bowling along at a spanking pace; the two seamen, now that there was
-no immediate hope of rescue, as the boat had promised, were quiet and
-willing enough to work the vessel under her new masters. But Longsword
-kept his eye upon them for all that; he had no confidence in the faith
-of captured men; long experience in warfare had taught him that they
-were only to be depended upon when they could not help themselves.
-
-“Is it for Ireland you’ll be making?” asked the trooper of Ethan, who
-still held the wheel.
-
-“I don’t see the need of that, now,” said the lad, thoughtfully. “It
-was a good idea enough when we had only an open boat; but now that we
-have a vessel like this what is the matter with taking her up through
-the channel and running her into some French port?”
-
-“Nothing in the world,” answered Longsword with great promptness. He
-seemed vastly taken by the notion, but for all that, added: “But there
-will be many British ships of war in these waters now, Master Ethan,
-looking for the Ranger.”
-
-“This little craft is a clean, free sailor,” said the boy. “If we come
-upon an enemy we can run for it.”
-
-“And we can make a bit of a fight, too,” said the Irishman. “There are
-two six-pounders in the bow, and the four carronades, beyant there,
-look as though they would give good service, faith.”
-
-Ethan laughed.
-
-“But we have no gun crews, Longsword,” protested he.
-
-The Celt scratched his head.
-
-“That’s so, sure,” he admitted. “I never once thought of that.”
-
-They held a course up the channel all night; the moon rode grandly in
-the starlit heavens, and bathed the chopping waters with radiance. But
-toward morning her glory waned, and the darkness that ensued was of
-that complete pall-like sort that usually precedes dawn.
-
-Then a fog settled slowly down--the wet, clinging mist that is common
-in those waters, and they sailed on through it, chilled and silent.
-Deeper and thicker it grew as the moments went by; they had sighted no
-vessel since they had run out; but now, with the suddenness of magic,
-the gleaming bow lights of a large ship appeared ahead like the angry
-eyes of some sea monster glaring upon them.
-
-Ethan threw the wheel down hard; the nose of the schooner swung about
-in answer and she plunged across the bow of the ship like a ghost. A
-startled cry came from the larger vessel’s deck, then followed a hubbub
-of sounds; and at last a voice hailed them.
-
-“Ahoy! What vessel is that?”
-
-The creaking of the yards of the ship showed that she was about to
-investigate the schooner; but at the hail, Ethan and Shamus O’Moore
-looked at one another blankly.
-
-“I never thought to ask the name of this craft,” said the boy.
-
-“Nor I,” answered the Irishman, “but we’ll know in a minute, faith.”
-
-“Ahoy,” came from the ship, which had run off some little distance
-before her yards could be dressed to meet the change of course. She was
-now looming up huge and grim through the mists of the early morning.
-“What ship is that?”
-
-“Answer,” Longsword said to one of the British seamen.
-
-The man hesitated sullenly: but the fierce, crushing grip that the
-dragoon suddenly put upon his shoulder caused him to call out at the
-top of his voice:
-
-“His Majesty’s schooner, Condor.”
-
-The ship was now very close at hand, indeed the two vessels were within
-easy pistol shot of each other.
-
-“This is the frigate, Drake,” came the voice from the ship deck. “Who’s
-your commander?”
-
-“Captain Spencer.”
-
-“Have you run across any other vessel since dark?”
-
-“No,” answered the sailor at Longsword’s prompting.
-
-“We are looking for the pirate, Paul Jones; he’s reported to be in
-these waters. Look out for him.”
-
-There was then a sharp altercation between the speaker and another
-person who appeared to have just come upon deck. After a moment the new
-voice cried harshly: “Condor, ahoy!”
-
-“Ahoy!” answered Ethan.
-
-“Heave to; I’m coming aboard of you.”
-
-“We can’t have him do that,” said the boy to Longsword.
-
-“The moment he set foot on this deck, the men would tell him
-everything,” agreed the Irish soldier.
-
-“Clap on more sail,” said Ethan; “we’ll run for it.”
-
-The men, at Longsword’s stern command, set the foresail and a couple
-of topsails; under the increased pressure, the Condor drew away, and
-the Drake faded to a blur and at last the mist swallowed her up all
-altogether.
-
-“Put out all the lights,” called Ethan. “We can give her the slip in
-this fog.”
-
-Longsword promptly extinguished all the lanterns; shouts from the Drake
-came ever more dimly through the night; a drum throbbed dully.
-
-“They are beating to quarters,” said Ethan.
-
-“Let them,” laughed Longsword. “Sure if they begin firing in a fog like
-this it’s only waste good powder they’ll be doing.”
-
-Ethan had changed the course of the Condor until she stood as before
-the meeting; the wind blew briskly once more and the fog began to lift
-before it. The schooner had made some little distance before this died
-away, and the mist settled once more. Nothing was seen of the British
-ship.
-
-“We have eluded them very nicely,” laughed Ethan, as he gazed into the
-gray wall behind them, vainly endeavoring to catch a glimpse of the
-Englishman.
-
-He had no sooner uttered these words than a shout rang out from
-Longsword in the bow. Whirling about, his hand upon the butt of a
-pistol, he was dumbfounded to see the red and green bow lights glaring
-at the schooner for the second time that night.
-
-“The Drake once more,” cried Longsword in amazement.
-
-“It can’t be,” answered Ethan, easing the schooner a trifle. “We left
-the Drake behind us.”
-
-“You’ve been sailing in a circle,” shouted one of the English seamen,
-exultantly. “The Drake is a smart craft, and she’s got you now.”
-
-“Ahoy!” came through the gloom of the misty morning. “What craft is
-that?”
-
-“British schooner Condor,” cried the sailor before he could be
-prevented. “What ship is that?”
-
-Ethan heard the man chuckle as he waited for the expected answer. But
-the chuckle died in the British tar’s throat when the voice from the
-newcomer shouted,
-
-“The American sloop-of-war Ranger; heave to, or I’ll blow you out of
-the water!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVI
-
-HOW THE RANGER FOUGHT THE DRAKE
-
-
-With cries of joy both Ethan and Longsword heard these welcome words.
-Ethan brought the schooner to; in a few moments a boat was lowered and
-rowed away from the American ship. When Wallingford, third lieutenant
-of the Ranger, climbed over the schooner’s rail he was astonished to
-find himself grasped by the hand.
-
-“What, Carlyle,” he cried in amazement.
-
-“None other,” laughed the boy. “You aren’t rid of me yet, you see.”
-
-“We thought you taken by the enemy on St. Mary’s Isle.”
-
-“So I was; but it’s a long story and will keep. You’d better have some
-men sent on board to take charge of this craft. It’s a prize that
-Longsword and I took some distance up the coast.”
-
-Lieutenant Wallingford looked his surprise, but said nothing. A crew
-was soon placed on board the Condor, and Ethan and the Irish dragoon
-were taken to the Ranger.
-
-John Paul Jones was undisguisedly delighted at the unexpected return of
-the two adventurers. He shook their hands and expressed his pleasure
-warmly.
-
-“We are headed for Carrickfergus,” he said. “We understand that the
-frigate Drake has orders to come out after us.”
-
-“She is already out,” said Ethan eagerly. “We met her and slipped away
-from her less than an hour ago.”
-
-“Hah!” said the commander of the Ranger, “then the struggle may be
-nearer at hand than I fancied.”
-
-He took Ethan down into the cabin, and listened to the news which the
-lad had of the dispatch.
-
-“The villain,” cried the captain, with flushed face, when he heard of
-Danvers’ charge against Ethan and himself regarding the paper. “It will
-go hard with him if I ever come within reach of him.”
-
-They talked for some time; the Ranger was once more under way and her
-nose was headed for Carrickfergus as before. Ethan and Longsword slept
-well that morning after they turned in, and awoke just as the Ranger
-ran into the outer harbor of the Irish port.
-
-The Drake was there, having arrived some hours earlier, and just as
-Ethan came on deck her captain was sending off a boat to the Ranger to
-find out what she was. The boat was in charge of a hectoring British
-lieutenant, and as it came alongside the American vessel he cried
-sharply,
-
-“Now you, sir, what ship is this?”
-
-There came no answer from the Ranger; the lieutenant saw a long line
-of grinning faces looking down at him over her rail and he grew purple
-with rage.
-
-“You unmannerly rascals,” he roared, “I’ll teach you respect to a
-king’s officer.”
-
-He gave a command to his men; they dropped their oars, seized their
-arms and followed him up the Ranger’s side. The vessel’s ports were
-closed and the lieutenant had mistaken her for a saucy merchantman.
-But imagine his consternation when he found himself upon the deck of
-a fully armed ship and face to face with a smiling young officer who
-politely demanded his sword.
-
-“What ship is this?” he demanded weakly.
-
-“The Continental sloop-of-war, Ranger,” answered John Paul Jones, still
-smiling. “I think your commander has been in search of us.”
-
-“He has,” answered the lieutenant, filled with anger at the result of
-his own and his captain’s lack of caution. “And he’ll sink you now,
-sir, you may be sure.”
-
-“That remains to be seen.”
-
-The American looked toward the Drake, which was now hoisting her
-anchors and apparently preparing to come out, and added:
-
-“The Drake seems a pretty ship, indeed, in daylight. I have only seen
-her once before, and that was under cover of night. She looks as though
-she would offer a very interesting battle indeed.”
-
-“You may be sure of that, sir,” answered the British officer stiffly.
-
-Both he and his boat’s crew were disarmed and sent below; then their
-boat was cast off and the Ranger made ready for action. While this was
-being done Ethan cried suddenly to Captain Jones:
-
-“Look there, sir!”
-
-He pointed toward the British ship as he spoke; and the captain saw a
-number of boats containing soldiers, pulling out to her.
-
-“Oh, Captain Burdon of the Drake is adding to his ship’s company,”
-commented he, evenly. “Well, perhaps he’ll need them.”
-
-“They look like volunteers, by their uniform,” remarked Longsword.
-
-In this the Irish dragoon was right. A Lieutenant William Dobbs had
-been engaged in recruiting a band for coast defense in the neighborhood
-of Carrickfergus; he had offered them to Captain Burdon for service
-upon the Drake at this crisis, and they had been accepted.
-
-The regular ship’s company of the frigate was one hundred and fifty
-officers and men; she carried two more guns than the Ranger, but they
-were lighter; and so the vessels were pretty evenly matched.
-
-The Drake finally stood out to sea toward the Ranger; the wind was
-blowing toward the shore and her progress was rather slow. Captain
-Jones remarked quietly to Ethan,
-
-“In an hour or less the story will be told. I trust that the Lascar,
-Siki, is aboard this ship, as Danvers said; for after I take her I
-should very much like to question him.”
-
-Just then Longsword came aft with a serious look upon his face.
-Saluting he said,
-
-“Captain dear, there’s a ruction among the men, so there is.”
-
-“What do you mean?” asked the officer quickly.
-
-“I mean that they are growling among themselves like a pack of sullen
-dogs for’ard, there. It shames me to say it, sir, but I fancy that they
-have little stomach for the fight.”
-
-The commander swept the deck of his ship with angry eye. The crew stood
-in groups, sullen and lowering; Lieutenants Simpson and Hall were upon
-the quarter-deck, and every action and word that they uttered seemed to
-add to the growing feeling among the men.
-
-“This vessel is no match for a well set up frigate,” said Simpson, in
-a voice that carried to the ears of his captain. “We’ve come out after
-prizes, and not to be slaughtered by the guns of men-of-war.”
-
-“The Drake carries more weight of metal than we,” agreed Hall, “and if
-I were in command of this ship I’d make a clean run for it. To wait for
-this frigate is to wait for plenty of hard knocks, little credit and no
-plunder.”
-
-With a few swift steps John Paul Jones was at his side; there had
-been a low murmur of approval from the seamen at these words of their
-officers; and the commander’s eyes were stormy, and flashed menacingly
-as they rested upon his lieutenants’ dogged faces.
-
-“So, gentlemen,” said he in a voice like ice, “I find you still at your
-old trick of demoralization, do I?”
-
-“I don’t understand you, sir,” said Simpson drawing himself erect.
-
-“Nor I, Captain Jones,” said Hall.
-
-“Then allow me to make my meaning plain. Since this ship sailed from
-Portsmouth you have been daily increasing in your insubordination.
-Things have come to such a pass that it almost seems necessary for me
-to consult you before issuing a command.”
-
-“A good captain always consults his officers,” said Simpson with a
-thinly-veiled sneer.
-
-“In spite of the protestations which I offered that day on St. Mary’s
-Isle, you plundered the home of a defenseless woman. I submitted rather
-than risk a mutiny that would deprive my country of a valuable vessel.
-But if you think that I will continue to submit, you are very much
-mistaken.”
-
-Simpson and Hall exchanged glances and smiled. The captain saw this and
-his eyes flashed with a more dangerous light.
-
-“You are inciting to mutiny in the face of the enemy,” said he, still
-in the same cold, even voice. “And that is punishable by death.”
-
-The two men started, and the smiles fled from their faces.
-
-“I order you to your stations and expect you to carry out my orders to
-the letter. At the slightest sign of disinclination upon your part to
-do so, I’ll clap you in irons and take you to France for trial before
-the commissioners. To your posts, gentlemen.”
-
-The two officers, pale of face and furtive-eyed, went to their places
-at the batteries as commanded. John Paul Jones followed them with his
-eyes for a moment. Then he said to Wallingford, who had stood by ready
-to support him in case of need,
-
-“Mr. Wallingford, have the bos’en pipe all hands.”
-
-The hoarse call rang through the ship and all the seamen stood at
-attention. The commander spoke to them from his quarter-deck.
-
-“Men of the Ranger,” he said, “on this cruise we have taken many prizes
-and struck some good blows. We have made the British government fear us
-as it never feared ship before. But they have resolved to take us; they
-have said that we do not dare to stand and fight their armed ships man
-to man and gun for gun. The world has heard this, or at least that part
-of it which we care about; the young republic of the west is waiting to
-hear of the deeds of the ships which she sent to defy Britain in her
-own seas.”
-
-There was a visible stirring among the men; for the greater part they
-were mercenary mariners, men of many nations who had shipped for the
-booty alone; but there were many Yankees among them, and these felt the
-appeal of their chief.
-
-“Shall it be said of us that the first vessel of equal strength which
-we have met has daunted us?”
-
-“No!” shouted a voice. And there was a murmur among the crew.
-
-“Then I call upon you to help me fight this ship,” cried the captain,
-in ringing tones. “Stand to your guns manfully, and I promise, in one
-hour, to give you victory.”
-
-A cheer swelled up and broke into a frantic hurrah; then with a wave of
-the hand the chief dismissed them to their stations.
-
-“They will fight now,” remarked Ethan to Longsword.
-
-“They will, faith,” said the Irish dragoon. “And it’s little chance of
-defeat we have if they do their best, for there are some useful lads
-among them, Master Ethan.”
-
-John Paul Jones now stood out to sea and drew his foe as far away from
-shore as possible.
-
-“In case he is defeated,” said the commander to Ethan, “Burdon might
-escape back into the harbor if we fought too far in shore.”
-
-“Look at the yachts coming out with her,” said the young American who
-had watched every movement of the Englishman.
-
-Paul Jones laughed.
-
-“They desire to be eye-witnesses of an English victory, doubtless. It
-is a pity to dash their hopes, but I’m afraid that we will be forced to
-do so.”
-
-When at last the British frigate had come within easy distance, she
-hailed.
-
-“What vessel is that?” demanded Captain Burdon.
-
-“The Ranger, Paul Jones, commander. We are waiting for you, so strip
-for the fight.”
-
-As he spoke the American captain gave a signal and the stars and
-stripes shot up to the masthead; then the helm was suddenly thrown up
-and the Ranger darted across the bows of the British vessel and poured
-a raking broadside into her. The captain of the Drake tried to bring
-the frigate across the Ranger’s stern, but Paul Jones prevented this;
-the two ships were now yard arm to yard arm and poured a terrific fire
-into each other’s rigging and hulls.
-
-Ethan Carlyle, whose ability as a gunner had been discovered by Captain
-Jones long before, had charge of a six pounder in the bow. He and
-Longsword, stripped to the waists, and all begrimed with powder smoke,
-served this piece with deadly effect.
-
-In the heat of the battle the gallant young Lieutenant Wallingford
-rushed up to Ethan.
-
-“Captain Jones desires you to try for her forerigging,” panted he. “If
-we can cripple her badly aloft we’ll make her strike.”
-
-Longsword had just rammed a charge into the gun, and Ethan sighted
-it coolly. A rain of musket shots was being poured into them by the
-soldier volunteers upon the Drake; but the young gunner paid no heed to
-this. Applying the match the gun roared redly; the foretop-gallant yard
-of the British ship splintered and hung down the mast in a tangle of
-rigging.
-
-“Hurrah,” yelled Longsword. “A fine shot, faith!”
-
-“And placed in the right spot,” said Wallingford. Almost as the words
-left his mouth, this brave young officer uttered a smothered groan,
-clasped both hands to his breast and sank into the arms of the Irish
-dragoon.
-
-“Is he hit?” cried Ethan, anxiously, springing forward. “Is he badly
-wounded?”
-
-“He have his death, sir,” replied Longsword solemnly. “It’s a
-musket-ball, and from the spot it struck, it split the boy’s brave
-heart.”
-
-As he spoke the grim Irishman tenderly lowered the still, white form
-to the deck; then in silence, and with set, hard faces, he and Ethan
-Carlyle once more turned to the serving of the gun.
-
-At length the Drake was little more than a wreck; her rigging and yards
-were a wilderness of broken spars and ropes; her canvas was in shreds
-and two flags had been shot away. Half her guns were dismounted and out
-of action, and forty of her crew were killed or disabled when at last
-she struck.
-
-Ethan was with Captain Jones when he boarded the prize; when the
-prisoners were lined up for inspection they were bitterly disappointed
-to find that the Lascar was not among them. While Captain Jones was
-giving his attention to the repairing of the worst damages and the care
-of the wounded Ethan questioned the boatswain’s mate of the defeated
-ship.
-
-“A blackamoor, eh,” said the man, thoughtfully. “Now let me see! Oh,
-yes! I remember. He was taken on board when we stopped in the harbor
-near St. Mary’s Isle not so long ago. We kept him safely guarded and
-ironed, sir, for it was said that he was an important prisoner; but on
-our second day at Carrickfergus he gave us the slip, somehow, and none
-of us have seen anything of him since.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVII
-
-THE SECRET AGENT ONCE MORE
-
-
-Lieutenant Simpson, as first officer of the Ranger, was placed in
-command of the Drake, and that vessel was taken in tow and the American
-man-of-war sailed in quest of more prizes along the Irish coast and
-then toward Brest.
-
-Sighting a sail, one day, Captain Jones cut the Drake loose after
-instructing his first officer to make the best of his way into Brest.
-But Simpson, true to his instincts, changed his course to southward and
-Paul Jones was compelled to give up the pursuit of several promising
-prizes in order that he might come up with the captured frigate.
-
-Incensed beyond measure by the insolence of Simpson, he placed the man
-under arrest, and the command of the Drake was given to Lieutenant
-Hall, who finally took her into port.
-
-When they reached France once more they discovered that a treaty of
-alliance between the colonies and that kingdom had been signed. The
-American ministers had been received at the French court; the French
-ambassador had left London, and the English envoy, Lord Stormont, had
-departed from France. War was on between these two great European
-powers, and in the heat of that great struggle the colonies at last had
-a chance to be free.
-
-Once again Paul Jones, Ethan Carlyle and Longsword rode to Paris to
-consult with Dr. Franklin. They were warmly greeted by the sage, and he
-listened to their experiences with interest and appreciation.
-
-“Captain Jones,” he said at the conclusion, “there is nothing in the
-gift of your country too great for your deserving. In the name of the
-colonies, I thank you.”
-
-“I suppose,” remarked Ethan, after a time, “that the lost dispatch is
-now valueless, seeing that the alliance has already been accomplished.”
-
-“On the contrary,” said Dr. Franklin, “it is now more important that
-it should be recovered than ever. I have communicated with Congress,
-and a duplicate of the dispatch has been sent me; it was by means
-of its contents that this treaty has been effected. But were the
-facts contained in the dispatch to come, even now, under the eyes
-of Lord North, such pressure would be brought upon France that she
-would drop all connection with us at once and again make a peace with
-England. Indeed, the fact that the information is in the way of being
-discovered, were the French aware of it, might be fatal. The dispatch
-must be recovered at all hazards.”
-
-As they sat in their lodgings that night Ethan told Longsword of this:
-and the Irish dragoon wrinkled his brow and looked infinitely wise.
-
-“Politics,” remarked he, sagely, “is a great thing, faith. Sure the
-statesmen are always burrowing under the ground and cutting it away
-from beneath each others’ feet. It wouldn’t surprise me if the loss of
-this dispatch should bring about the recall of the French fleets that
-have sailed for America, and the ruin of the hopes for liberty.”
-
-“Don’t say that, Longsword,” said Ethan, a pained look in his eyes. “I
-hate to even think of such a thing.”
-
-“If we could only come upon the bla’guard Lascar we might gain
-something by it. Oh, but it’s him that’s the fox; sure nobody can hold
-him, it seems.”
-
-“The fact that the Earl of Selkirk went away upon a journey soon after
-his interview with the Lascar troubles me,” said Ethan. “It looks as
-though he had learned something of the paper and had set out to try to
-gain possession of it.”
-
-“True for ye, and it seems to me that Paris, somehow, is the place he
-would come for it.”
-
-“Paris! And why?”
-
-“Sure, I don’t know. But it presents itself to me that way, Master
-Ethan.”
-
-“Perhaps you may be right. This man Fochard is here, and it would not
-be at all surprising if he knew something of the matter.”
-
-“Suppose,” suggested Longsword after a pause, “that we pay a visit to
-this gentleman in the Rue Constantine?”
-
-“An excellent idea,” cried Ethan. “And we will put it into operation at
-once.”
-
-They put on their heaviest clothing, for the night was a cold one in
-February, and set forth. The hard frosty ground rang beneath their
-feet as they trudged along the rather gloomy streets. Turning into the
-Rue Constantine they had no trouble in finding the house of M. Fochard.
-The same little man in the spectacles and with the shining bald head
-opened the door upon the chain and looked out at them. Recognizing them
-at a single glance he cried:
-
-“Oh, you rogues, so you have returned. A very nice trick that was to
-play upon an old clerk, was it not? Shame! I almost lost my place
-because of you. But you will not fool me again, no, no!”
-
-“Is M. Fochard within?” asked Ethan.
-
-“He is not, and would not see you if he were! You are rogues,
-monsieurs; and we have nothing to do with such here!” And with that, he
-clapped the door in their faces and left them standing in the darkness
-and cold.
-
-“The old fellow seems angry,” chuckled Longsword. “I suppose his
-employer hauled him over the coals for letting us in that night.”
-
-“There is no use in our trying again to-night at any rate,” said
-Ethan. “Are you cold, Shamus?” he continued after they had turned away
-and retraced their steps along the Rue Constantine.
-
-“I am, faith!” answered the Irish soldier.
-
-“There is a bright, clean looking coffee house across the way. Suppose
-we step in and take the chill off with some coffee and a little
-snack--say a buttered roll or something of that sort.”
-
-“A very thoughtful suggestion. Sure, nothing would please me better.”
-
-They crossed the street and entered the coffee house. Each had a
-cutlass hanging from his belt, and their foreign air at once attracted
-the attention of the people in the place. But they sought out a small
-table at the far end of the room and seating themselves quietly ordered
-and sipped their coffee and nibbled at the white rolls that were
-brought with it.
-
-“A very respectable looking place,” said Longsword as his eyes roved
-about, examining its patrons.
-
-“Yes,” answered Ethan. “And the coffee is excellent.”
-
-As they talked in low tones upon various topics, the door opened and
-three men entered the room. One of them was queerly huddled up in a
-huge cloak; the others were lowering looking fellows, apparently of the
-class of cut-purses or bravos which infested the city at that time.
-They took seats at a side table near the door.
-
-“There are three bla’guards, or I never saw any,” declared Longsword
-to Ethan as he looked at the newcomers. “Sure and ye can see villainy
-written all over them.”
-
-“They are not very prepossessing looking persons at all events,”
-admitted Ethan. He went on sipping his coffee for a time and then
-leaning toward his companion he said in a low tone, “They are watching
-us.”
-
-“No!” exclaimed Longsword, glaring at the trio.
-
-“Don’t stare so at them. Yes; it’s true. The man in the cloak seems to
-be some one in authority; he pointed us out as soon as they came in;
-they have been furtively eyeing us ever since.”
-
-“I wonder why?” said Longsword, puzzled.
-
-“I couldn’t say. Perhaps because we are Americans. I’ve noticed that
-that causes the French people to stare always, as we pass along the
-street.”
-
-The young American and his companion watched the three closely while
-pretending to inspect the room. The conversation of the men was carried
-on in a very low tone; their gestures were guarded; their whole manner
-was secret; and while they ate sparingly of the food placed before them
-they never took their eyes, so it seemed, from Ethan and Longsword.
-While deep in the observation of all this Ethan was surprised to hear a
-quiet voice say, almost in his ear:
-
-“Our friends by the door seem like most peculiar people.”
-
-Ethan turned quickly, for the voice had a strangely familiar sound; and
-to his great astonishment he found himself looking into the smiling
-face of Monsieur Fochard. Longsword was equally astonished; the
-language was French and so of course he did not understand what the man
-said; but he recognized the features of the secret agent instantly. The
-man saw this and smiled and nodded.
-
-“I had not thought,” said he to Ethan, “to see you again so soon. I
-fancied, monsieur, that you would be at St. Mary’s Isle, awaiting the
-coming of Siki, the Lascar.”
-
-Ethan fancied that he detected a chuckle in the man’s voice--a chuckle
-of intense satisfaction. But he made no reply and the agent went on:
-
-“I forgive you for the deception which you allowed me to practice upon
-myself that night when you came to my house. It was a clever ruse,
-monsieur, and most remarkable for a boy of your years. My best man
-could scarcely excel it.”
-
-Ethan laughed.
-
-“You do me too much honor, M. Fochard. It was chance that took me to
-your house, and chance that carried the matter on.”
-
-“Very modest--very commendable,” said the other with a wave of his
-hand. “But I prefer to believe that it was a set plan; it would not do
-for Fochard to admit that he was outwitted by blind chance.”
-
-He had been sitting sipping his black coffee at a table directly
-behind; now he dragged his chair forward to theirs and sat twirling the
-heavy seals upon his watch-guard. He spent a few moments in silent
-contemplation of both; then he asked:
-
-“Would it be too much if I inquired how you learned that Siki had
-returned to Paris?”
-
-“I did not know that he had,” returned Ethan.
-
-The secret agent regarded him with a smile.
-
-“My dear fellow,” said he stretching his trim silk stockinged legs
-beneath the table, “how can you say that when the man sits before you?”
-
-As he spoke he made a gesture toward the three men at the door;
-Ethan glanced at the man in the cloak; he caught sight of a dark,
-long-fingered subtle looking hand which was thrust from beneath it. It
-was true; this man must be the Lascar.
-
-“You must not think to deceive me again, young gentleman,” said
-Fochard. He rearranged his elaborate shirt frill and the huge ruffles
-of lace which he wore at his wrists, and smiled. “There sits Siki,
-bravely before us,” he continued. “But tell me what you think of the
-other two.”
-
-“They look to me like rascals,” answered Ethan, promptly.
-
-“Ah!” and the secret agent seemed greatly interested. “You have studied
-physiognomy then.”
-
-But Ethan shook his head.
-
-“Ah! that is a pity! The study of the human countenance is a great and
-vital thing; all men, especially those engaged in duties that bring
-them into contact with the motives and secret doings of other men
-should study this grand science.”
-
-He seemed to be upon a subject which interested him greatly, and
-continued:
-
-“By it we are forearmed, safeguarded. We at once know the tendencies of
-strangers, and so it saves us many disasters in our affairs; for those
-whom this philosophy warns us against we do not trust.”
-
-“I suppose not,” answered Ethan, vaguely.
-
-“It is a matter of great ease,” went on the man, crossing his silk
-stockinged legs and smoothing his ruffles with one many-ringed hand,
-“to discover the tendencies of our friends there at the door, for they
-carry their vocations plainly writ upon their faces. Note the leaner
-of the two Frenchmen--the pointed and protruding jaw, the outstanding
-ears, the eyes set close together, the low brow, the nose slightly
-hooked. It is a countenance whose message is unmistakable. To one who
-knows it cries out ceaselessly--beware, beware!”
-
-Ethan nodded; science or no science he knew that the stranger spoke the
-truth.
-
-“The other face,” continued Fochard, “is of a decidedly lower type.
-Note the huge jaw, the small round head set upon the great torso, with
-scarcely the sign of a neck. This is a common sort of ruffian--one who
-will make much noise about his wrong-doing and be easily caught.”
-
-Ethan looked at the secret agent curiously; somehow he had the
-impression that the man’s talk was for the purpose of gaining time;
-also that he desired the three at the table near the door to see
-them, apparently, earnestly engaged together. Drawing a large silver
-snuff-box from his waistcoat pocket Fochard took a dainty pinch and
-then offered it to Ethan and Longsword in turn. Upon their refusing
-he smiled and delicately applied the snuff to his nostrils; then he
-dusted the fallen grains from his clothing and put the box away.
-
-“I think,” said Ethan, “that you must have encountered these men before
-to know their characteristics so well. A single glance at the face does
-not tell so much.”
-
-The Frenchman gestured his admiration of this remark, and his jeweled
-hands sparkled in the candle-light.
-
-“You Americans are keen and most practical,” he said. “And for that
-reason,” he went on, bending toward Ethan, “I am going to do something
-for you to-night which will surprise you much--and out of sheer
-admiration of your nation.”
-
-“Indeed.”
-
-“I have here a ring,” and Fochard drew from his finger a sparkling
-circlet and held it up so that the light would fall upon it. “I am
-going to give it to you.”
-
-He noted the lad’s look of surprise, and added with a smile:
-
-“It is not because of the ring itself--oh, no. But the person who
-stands, with this ring upon the third finger of his right hand and
-with the hand held so, at the great gate of Versailles at ten in the
-morning, will receive--a packet. Do you understand?”
-
-“A packet,” Ethan shot a keen glance at the man.
-
-“Exactly--a packet sealed with great splotches of red wax.”
-
-“Ah!” The boy drew in a deep breath, and his eyes narrowed and began to
-burn.
-
-“Ten thousand pounds is a great sum,” and Fochard shrugged his fat
-shoulders. “But I am a Frenchman, and all Frenchmen love the Americans.
-For this reason I forego all hope of the profit that a great labor
-should bring me.” He grasped Ethan by the right wrist and placed the
-ring upon his finger. As he did so the men at the far table quietly
-arose and drew nearer, seating themselves at another table. Their
-watchful eyes never lost a movement of Fochard’s or Ethan’s; their
-heads were bent in an effort to hear what was being said.
-
-“So,” said Fochard, in a low tone, “that is done, monsieur, and I am
-pleased.”
-
-“Is this packet,” demanded Ethan eagerly, “what I suppose it is?”
-
-“It is,” replied Fochard in a somewhat louder tone. “But guard the ring
-carefully; for it alone will bring you what you desire.”
-
-And once more he repeated his instructions to the boy. The three
-listening men drank in his words eagerly, and when he had finished they
-paid their score and went out.
-
-“They overheard what you said,” spoke Ethan.
-
-“I know it,” smiled Fochard. “Since the time when I caught the Lascar
-in his attempt to leave France with the dispatch, he has been hounding
-me.”
-
-“But,” said Ethan, “if you secured it from him why did he go to St.
-Mary’s Isle to see the Earl of Selkirk?”
-
-“To induce that gentleman to purchase the paper. But now that the time
-has come, I’d rather see liberty result than my own enrichment. If the
-American government should see its way clear to rewarding me, why, well
-and good, if not it will not matter much. This resolution has angered
-the Lascar, for he hoped to share in the English gold.”
-
-“I see,” said Ethan. “But Danvers did not know of this compact between
-you.”
-
-“Indeed no,” smiled Fochard. “I gave him to understand that Siki was
-safely out of France with the papers and--ahem--that you assisted him.”
-
-“So he said,” replied the young American.
-
-“And now,” said Fochard, arising, “I will be going. You will not fail
-to bring these matters to the attention of Dr. Franklin at once, I
-trust. As things are,” with a most expressive wave of the hand, “I
-cannot act for myself. It would be misconstrued--for it is generally
-supposed that Fochard works only for pay. Good-evening.”
-
-He bowed to both Ethan and Longsword, then walked gravely through the
-lines of small tables and departed. Ethan at once informed Longsword
-of all that had been said; and the latter shook his head, the grim
-expression of his face increasing.
-
-“I don’t like it,” declared the Irishman, decidedly. “And I don’t trust
-the man.”
-
-“But it seems possible,” protested Ethan. “The French are almost mad
-with admiration of the Americans just now, and a man may do such a
-thing in his enthusiasm for a cause.”
-
-“But not a man like that, faith! He’s as cold blooded as a fish. He has
-some sort of a plot behind all this, mark my words.”
-
-“But what can it be?” asked the lad.
-
-The dragoon shook his head again. “I don’t know,” he answered. “But
-time will tell, I think.”
-
-They left the coffee house; and as they stepped into the shadows of the
-Rue Constantine, Ethan noticed his companion pull his scabbard about so
-that his cutlass would be ready at his hand.
-
-“What’s that for?” he asked, in surprise.
-
-“It’s always good to have your blade handy on a dark night,” said
-Longsword, briefly.
-
-Ethan made no reply, and so they continued on their way in silence for
-a time. Finally the lad spoke.
-
-“I suppose it would have been better had we given an alarm and had the
-Lascar seized by the authorities,” said he.
-
-“And have the whole matter of the dispatch come out,” cried the Irish
-soldier. “That would never do. Remember what Dr. Franklin said.”
-
-The way to their lodgings was narrow and dark; the hour was still
-fairly early, but there were very few people abroad. As they proceeded
-along at a smart pace they caught a short, sharp whistle from directly
-ahead; and immediately it was repeated from behind. Longsword grasped
-the lad’s arm tightly.
-
-“It sounded very much like a signal of some sort,” said Ethan coolly.
-He cast a long look into the darkness as he spoke; a shadow seemed to
-move silently away and melt into the murk; the soft patter of guarded
-footsteps fell upon their ears, and then all was still.
-
-“We are being followed,” breathed Longsword, his strong hand upon the
-hilt of his hanger. “And it’s all because of that rascal Fochard, I’ll
-be bound.”
-
-“Perhaps,” said Ethan soberly.
-
-Once more they started on their way; all was soundless save for the
-ring of their own footsteps upon the flags; but suddenly they turned
-a sharp corner, and caught sight of another skulking shadow flitting
-before them in the gloom; and as they paused, the patter of muffled
-feet fell softly behind them.
-
-“We are in for it,” said Ethan Carlyle, as he quietly plucked his
-cutlass from its scabbard. “I wonder how many there are of them.”
-
-“Let them come from the front and it makes no differ,” said Longsword,
-blade in hand. “Faith, Master Ethan, it’s meself that loves a bit of
-a fight now and then, but I like a little daylight along wid it by
-choice.”
-
-Ethan drew the dragoon into an open archway, and here they awaited
-developments. A number of dark figures stole through the shadows and
-gathered directly opposite.
-
-“There they are, beneath the arch,” Ethan heard a voice say in French.
-“Now then, men, upon them in a body. I must have that ring.”
-
-The voice was that of the Lascar; Ethan recognized its thin tones at
-once. As the man spoke there came the clear bold ring of advancing
-footsteps upon the frosty ground.
-
-“There is some one coming,” said a second voice.
-
-“Make haste!” cried the Lascar, “or we will be too late!”
-
-A quick rush of feet followed this.
-
-“Strike hard!” breathed Longsword through his set teeth. His cutlass
-swung through the air with a “swish” and the foremost man fell back
-with a howl of agony. Ethan’s blade hissed downward in a favorite
-stroke and another of the party was out of the fight with a slash
-across the shoulder. But the remainder closed in. They were armed with
-swords, knives and heavy bludgeons; but the deftly played cutlasses of
-the two master swordsmen seemed to threaten all at once, and though the
-ruffians struck madly and often, the sharp points were ever in their
-faces, and the keen edges slashed and bit at them with fury.
-
-A pistol shot rang out sharply. Ethan felt a sudden scorching line run
-across his forehead; then a gush of blood almost blinded him.
-
-“I’m hit,” he said to Longsword, as he strove to dash the blood from
-his eyes.
-
-This seemed to turn the grim Irelander into a demon. Ethan, dazed by
-the shot, had sunk upon one knee; the dragoon stood over him playing
-his weapon with the speed of light and the rage of a Berserker. But
-even his great skill and matchless endurance would not have served
-to beat the crowd of ruffians off; they were closing about him in a
-circle and about beating him down when a sudden gleam of light shot
-into the archway, and a stern voice called:
-
-“What, you rascals! At them, men.”
-
-Ethan’s dazed eyes caught one glimpse of the evil faces as the rays
-of a flaring torch lit them up. The circle broke at once and the men
-turned swiftly; the next instant they were fighting frantically against
-a new sword and a brace of heavy clubs in the hands of two stout
-porters.
-
-With a gasp of delight Ethan saw that the new swordsman was Paul Jones;
-then all grew suddenly dark, and he pitched forward and fell upon his
-face.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVIII
-
-THE ROAD TO BREST
-
-
-The wound in Ethan Carlyle’s head was not a very severe one; so next
-day he was about, looking a trifle pale, and with a bandage about his
-brow, but almost as well as ever.
-
-When he came down from his room he found Longsword awaiting him.
-
-“How are ye?” asked the dragoon anxiously.
-
-“Just a little hazy in the head,” answered Ethan, “but that will pass
-in a few hours.”
-
-“Could ye stand a bit of news if it were broken to ye gently?”
-
-“I think so.”
-
-“Well, among those who were wounded in the fight last night was Siki.”
-
-“Ah!”
-
-“We have him here. We carried him on the same litter as yourself. He is
-willing to talk, so the captain says. They are only waiting for you.”
-
-“Take me to him.”
-
-Longsword promptly led the way into a room off that of Captain
-Jones’. They found that officer sitting at a table engaged in some
-correspondence; upon a couch was the lean form of the Lascar; his dark
-face was drawn with pain and his eyes roved about restlessly. Captain
-Jones sprang up as Ethan and the dragoon entered.
-
-“I’m delighted,” he said, grasping the lad’s hand. “You seemed to be
-resting so easily during the night, though, that I felt sure you would
-be all right by morning.”
-
-“Thank you,” said Ethan. Then nodding toward the Lascar he continued,
-“And so we took a prisoner?”
-
-“Yes,” smiled the officer, “and rather an important one, too; he will
-tell you many things that will surprise you.”
-
-Siki raised himself upon one elbow and broke in.
-
-“But, what will be the good if you don’t act? You must hurry. The
-dispatch will be in England in two days if the wind is good.”
-
-“What do you mean?” asked Ethan.
-
-“I mean that Fochard is even now preparing to cross the channel to
-deliver the papers to Danvers.”
-
-The man spoke English now; and upon hearing his words Longsword asked
-quickly:
-
-“Why did ye attack us last night?”
-
-“To get the ring. It was not until I was brought here that I saw what
-a cunning trick that rascal played upon me. He had the dispatch in his
-pocket; he feared that we meant to attack him; so he planned this thing
-of the ring on the moment, and so threw me off the right track. While
-my men and I were following you, he was, maybe, on the way to Brest.”
-
-“Just as I thought, sure!” exclaimed Longsword. “He used us as decoys
-to draw off the hounds when they were closing in on himself.”
-
-“What a ready rascal,” cried Ethan, forced to admiration of the man’s
-wit. Then turning to the Lascar he continued:
-
-“You are sure he had the dispatch?”
-
-“I am. He took it from me at Nantes as I was about to leave the country
-some time ago.”
-
-“Did he send you to the Earl of Selkirk?”
-
-“He did. He promised me a share if the earl would buy the papers for
-the crown.”
-
-“Why did he not deal with the English government himself?”
-
-“The war has made him afraid. He wanted a go-between. But when I
-returned I found that he was playing me false. He is to take ship at
-Brest and meet Danvers at Plymouth with the dispatch. Fochard is to get
-the ten thousand pounds, and Danvers is to get all the credit.”
-
-“It would seem,” said Captain Jones, “that this man has but one object
-in view--and that is his own profit. He keeps faith with no one.”
-
-“No,” cried the Lascar, clinching his fist and setting his strong white
-teeth, “he plays false with all--with you, with Danvers--with me. But I
-will be revenged! If you start in pursuit at once you will overtake him
-on the way to Brest or on the sea; and the dispatch will be your own
-once more.”
-
-They talked for some little time, then the three went into another room
-and consulted.
-
-“I cannot leave Paris at this time,” said the captain, “but as the
-man seems to be speaking the truth, now, you two might act upon his
-suggestion. A couple of fast horses would take you to Brest in little
-time, and you may be able to prevent the man’s escape.”
-
-“But should he reach Brest before us--if he gets to sea--we cannot
-follow him.”
-
-Captain Jones drew out a wallet and took from it a number of French
-bills of exchange.
-
-“This,” said he, “will secure a vessel. If it is not sufficient say
-that I will make up the balance.”
-
-Ethan hesitated, but at length took the bills, and shook the officer by
-the hand.
-
-“This is generous of you; and you may depend upon me to do my best,” he
-said.
-
-Within an hour himself and Longsword were in the saddle and riding
-along the road toward Brest.
-
-“Like as not he took a carriage,” said the dragoon: “these well-fed
-gentlemen like Monsieur Fochard don’t care much about riding.”
-
-“Perhaps the story told us by the Lascar is not true,” suggested Ethan,
-who still felt most doubtful upon this point.
-
-“Maybe not. But it won’t be long before we satisfy ourselves upon that
-point. We’ll not ride many miles before we know who is ahead of us;
-innkeepers have good memories if they are paid for it.”
-
-In this Longsword was right. They paused for food at a small hostelry
-about noon, and Ethan questioned the landlord.
-
-“A traveler? Oh, yes, monsieur, there have been many pass by to-day and
-yesterday. You are trying to overtake a friend, I suppose? It will be
-difficult, because all who went by seemed in a very great hurry, and
-scarce had time to spend a sou even. But what sort of a man is he whom
-you ride after? Stout? Ah! And with a great white frill and many seals?
-I have him. He passed early this morning in a carriage with postilions;
-and he drove very fast after he had had his breakfast.”
-
-This news made them increase the pace of their nags along the road.
-
-“He will probably get fresh horses at given points along the road,”
-said Ethan, “so he will have that advantage of us.”
-
-Their mounts were big-boned, lean beasts with plenty of bottom and
-great willingness; the miles flowed by under their hoofs; but still no
-indication of their overtaking the carriage of the secret agent. It was
-late in the afternoon when they entered a long stretch of road bordered
-by thick woods upon each side; the trees were tall and bare of leaves;
-their frost-dry branches swung and rattled in the wind. They had met no
-person or come upon no human habitation for a long time; and now were
-astonished to hear a hearty, rollicking sort of a voice roaring out:
-
- “‘Oh, the French are on the sea,’ says the Shan Van Vogh;
- ‘The French are on the sea,’ says the Shan Van Vogh;
- ‘Oh, the French are in the bay, they’ll be here without delay,
- And the Orange will decay,’ says the Shan Van Vogh.”
-
-“Hurro,” cried Longsword in delight. “Faith, that’s a countryman of my
-own, I’ll go bail.”
-
-“There can be little doubt of that,” said Ethan smiling. “And a hearty,
-joyful blade he must be, judging from his voice.”
-
-Rounding a bend in the road they overtook a strongly built young man
-with a great shock of yellow hair and the bluest of blue eyes; he
-bestrode a tall gray horse; and with his head thrown back he trolled
-forth his song.
-
-“The top of the morning to you,” saluted Longsword.
-
-The song was checked so suddenly that it seemed as though the yellow
-haired young man had bitten it off short. He gazed at the dragoon in
-astonishment.
-
-“What’s that?” demanded he.
-
-“The top of the morning to ye,” repeated Longsword, with a smile.
-
-With a whoop of delight the stranger wheeled his gray horse alongside
-the other and seized his hand in a powerful grip.
-
-“An Irishman, be the hooky!” shouted he. “Faith, then, I’m as glad to
-see ye as I would be to see me own mother, and I haven’t laid eyes on
-her these many years.”
-
-Longsword seemed equally pleased, and his hand grip was fully as warm
-as that of the other.
-
-“It was like a dream to hear the old Shan Van Vogh upon a lonely French
-road, so far away from home,” he said. “And faith it warmed the heart
-of me, so it did.”
-
-They exchanged some remarks in the Erse tongue; then Longsword turned
-to Ethan.
-
-“This,” said he formally, “is Rory McHale, captain of the lugger, Erin,
-now lying at Brest.” Then, speaking to McHale, he went on: “And this
-is Mr. Ethan Carlyle, in the service of the Confederated Colonies of
-America.”
-
-The two thus introduced shook hands, and McHale said:
-
-“Faith, sir, the tide have turned at last; ye’ll bate the English, so
-ye will; for ye have the French with ye now, and that is all ye needed.”
-
-“I trust that you are right,” said the lad. “England will now be forced
-to divide her attention between the Colonies and France; and so our
-chances will be increased.”
-
-“Are ye riding to Brest, may I ask?” inquired the Irishman.
-
-“We are,” answered Ethan.
-
-“So am I; and if it’s not pushing meself for’ard too much I’ll be glad
-to ride in your company, sir.”
-
-“You are very welcome, Captain McHale. You are going to join your
-vessel, I suppose.”
-
-“I am. She is all ready for another cruise, and I’ve been to Paris to
-see her owners and get instructions.”
-
-“You are in the merchant service, then?”
-
-“Not a bit of it. The Erin is a privateer, faith, and as smart a little
-vessel as ever cut the water.”
-
-“Ah, indeed.”
-
-“She’s French built and Irish manned,” continued Captain McHale. “And
-though I do say it meself, she’s done more damage to the Saxon than any
-other craft of her tonnage that ever slipped out to sea by the light of
-the stars.”
-
-Longsword had been examining the young sailor carefully while he talked
-to Ethan. Now he asked:
-
-“Are ye of the west of Ireland, Captain McHale?”
-
-“I am, sure,” answered the other.
-
-“I thought so. When ye see an Irishman wid straw colored hair and blue
-eyes he’s always a sailor. There’s some of the blood of the old Vikings
-in ye all. King Brian beat the Danes at Clontarf, but he didn’t drive
-them all out of the land. And if ye went back far enough, McHale, I’ll
-go bail ye’d find your ancestors wid winged helmets on the heads of
-them and beards a foot long.”
-
-The yellow haired man laughed.
-
-“Maybe so,” said he. “I’ll not be denying it.”
-
-After they had ridden together for some minutes, Ethan asked:
-
-“Have you seen anything of a carriage on the road, Captain McHale?”
-
-“I have. One passed me some hours ago. A fat Frenchman in it demanded
-the road of me and flew into a rage because I would not leap me horse
-into a ditch to accommodate him. He seemed to be in a great hurry, so
-he did.”
-
-“Our man,” said Ethan to Longsword.
-
-“No doubt of it,” answered the dragoon.
-
-The seaman looked from one to the other questioningly.
-
-“Ye are wanting this gentleman, then?” asked he.
-
-“We are,” said Longsword. “And we’re wanting him more than we ever
-wanted anything in our lives before.”
-
-“You may come up wid him.”
-
-“It’s not likely, if he is hours ahead of us.”
-
-“One of his horses had a limp; I think it had cast a shoe. This was the
-real cause of the Frenchman’s anger, I think.” The speaker looked from
-one to the other once more. “Does he know that ye are after him, may I
-ask?”
-
-“He may suspect. But he is not sure.”
-
-“Well, he’s running no risks, faith, and is making the best of his time
-on the road.”
-
-Night came on and they put up at a quiet little place upon the edge of
-the forest through which they had been passing.
-
-“Yes,” replied the landlord to Ethan’s question, “a stout gentleman
-passed in a carriage some time ago. He was very angry because I had no
-horse to give him. One of his was lame, I think, and when he drove off,
-he went at a very slow pace.”
-
-“We’ll overtake him in the morning,” said Longsword in English. “If his
-horse was as badly lamed as all that he’ll be forced to put up before
-he reaches the next town where he can get relays.”
-
-“We will be on the road by daylight,” said the young American. “If our
-horses could stand it I’d be in favor of pressing on to-night.”
-
-Next morning while the pale moon was still lighting up the snowy
-countryside they were stirring; a quick breakfast and then they climbed
-into their saddles and were off.
-
-“I’m not so comfortable upon the quarter-deck of a horse as I am upon
-the Erin,” said Captain McHale as they rode along.
-
-“And it’s a long distance to Brest, so it is,” said Longsword.
-
-The moon grew paler and the few stars disappeared before the touch of
-dawn; some distance along the road they caught a gleam of a fire.
-
-“Some wayfarers who had not the money for a bed,” said Ethan. “It must
-have been a cold night, indeed, in the open air.”
-
-It was a matter of five or more miles from the inn; the fire seemed to
-burn close by the roadside, and in the red glare a number of people
-could be seen sitting beside it. Suddenly Ethan pulled up, and uttered
-a smothered cry of surprise.
-
-“Look,” said he. “There upon the other side of the road.”
-
-They followed the direction of his outstretched finger, and saw a
-carriage drawn up, with horses tied up by the bridles behind it.
-
-“Fochard!” exclaimed Longsword exultantly.
-
-“It can be no one else,” said Ethan.
-
-“It’s the carriage that I spoke to ye of, I feel sure,” said Captain
-McHale. “The lame horse must have broken down entirely at this point.”
-
-Ethan put his horse into a run and the others followed his example.
-When they reached the fire they halted; and with his hand upon the butt
-of a pistol, Ethan cried out:
-
-“Stand forth, Monsieur Fochard. We have a small matter of business with
-you.”
-
-One of the men arose to his feet and touched his hat, tremblingly.
-
-“We are postilions, sir, waiting for daylight. The brown horse, there,
-cast a shoe and went lame. Monsieur Fochard took one of the other
-horses and rode on to the next town in the night, as he could not wait
-for us.”
-
-“How far is it to the next town?” asked Ethan.
-
-“About eight miles, monsieur.”
-
-Ethan wheeled his horse into the middle of the road once more.
-
-“Come on,” he called. “He may be delayed in getting a carriage. We have
-a chance of overtaking him yet.”
-
-And away they dashed, with loose reins, down the frosty road.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIX
-
-HOW THE ERIN PUT TO SEA
-
-
-However, they did not overtake him. Fochard had secured a fresh
-equipage at the next town, and at once resumed his journey. “He must
-be at least five hours ahead of us,” said Ethan, as they stood at the
-heads of their panting horses after receiving this news.
-
-“Yes,” agreed Longsword. “But Brest is still a long way off, and many
-accidents may happen on the road.”
-
-They mounted once more and set off. All day they heard reports from
-hostlers and country people of the progress of the secret agent toward
-the seaport. But they had not, apparently, gained upon him in the least
-when night overtook them. Next morning they secured fresh horses, as
-their own were stiff with the hard work of the two preceding days; and
-then the chase was resumed. However, Fochard traveled like the light;
-the housetops of Brest were in sight and still they had not sighted
-him.
-
-“There is small chance of getting any information of his movements
-after we get into the town,” said Ethan, disheartened.
-
-“Don’t lose hope,” said Longsword. “It’s the unexpected that happens,
-Master Ethan.”
-
-“You are right, sure,” said Captain McHale. “Many’s the time things
-looked black enough wid me; and then like a flash they’ve changed when
-I least expected it.”
-
-And so it proved in this case. They had scarcely entered Brest when a
-voice cried out from a shop door,
-
-“Ah, monsieur rides hard to-day.”
-
-The Irish sailor turned toward the shop, and his face took on a broad
-grin as he caught sight of the fat French chandler who had spoken.
-
-“Monsieur Dubois, good-day,” he cried. “Yes, we ride hard because our
-business is urgent.”
-
-The chandler elevated his plump hands.
-
-“Oh, this war!” he exclaimed, “it makes all hurry. Did not a carriage
-almost run down my eldest son an hour ago, because its passenger was in
-a very great hurry to see La Tour.”
-
-McHale pulled in his horse, sharply, as did Ethan.
-
-“La Tour--a carriage!” he ejaculated. “Did you notice the man,
-particularly?”
-
-“Indeed I did, monsieur, and made him give me two louis for the fright
-he gave me.”
-
-“A stout man,” suggested Ethan, “from Paris, by his look, with many
-seals on his watch-guard?”
-
-“The same, monsieur,” answered the stout chandler, wonderingly.
-
-“Come on,” said McHale, eagerly. “To La Tour’s; it’s not far from here.”
-
-Ethan and Longsword, who had also paused, put spurs to their horses
-after the sailor.
-
-“Who is La Tour?” asked the young American.
-
-“He is a shipping-agent,” answered McHale. “And the owner of some small
-vessels, too. If a man wanted a ship to embark on any questionable or
-desperate enterprise it is to this same La Tour he’d go, faith.”
-
-The office of Jean La Tour was near the water front, and was a dusty,
-cobwebbed, low-ceilinged place, indeed. La Tour was seated at a
-broad, flat, green-covered table, carefully docketing some items of
-his traffic in a book, when the three pulled up, threw themselves
-from their horses and came stamping in upon him. Upon hearing their
-business, he shrugged his shoulders and spread his hands wide.
-
-“I am afraid that it is too late,” said he. “The gentleman engaged
-the Montespan some days ago, by agent; he paid me the balance of the
-charter money a short time ago--less than an hour, perhaps--and is now
-on his way out of the harbor for all I know.”
-
-Longsword, when Ethan translated the shipping-agent’s words, uttered a
-cry of anger.
-
-“The fox is gone,” said he; “and he’s gone for good unless we can
-follow him to sea.”
-
-“And that is the very thing that we will do,” cried Ethan, his face
-flushed with determination. He turned to La Tour and said, “We want a
-vessel, the swiftest at your command, and we want it at once. Name your
-price.”
-
-Once more the agent shrugged his shoulders and spread out his hands.
-
-“Impossible,” he said. “I have not a vessel in port at this time that
-would be of any sort of service to you.” Then he added with a cheerful
-air of resignation,
-
-“It is most unfortunate, for I can see that you are very anxious to
-overtake this gentleman. But I hardly think you can do so, for there is
-no other ship owner in Brest who would risk his vessels putting to sea
-at this time. The English are as thick as herrings in the channel.”
-
-“No ship!” said Ethan, blankly.
-
-“No, not one,” answered La Tour.
-
-“You are mistaken there,” spoke Captain McHale; “there is a small bit
-of a lugger wid eight four pounders in her and as much speed as can be
-found anywhere.” He turned to Ethan and continued, eagerly, “If ye want
-the Erin, Mister Carlyle, she’s at your service, and welcome.”
-
-Ethan wrung the speaker’s hand.
-
-“Thank you,” said he. “This is very good of you, indeed.”
-
-“Don’t speak of it,” answered McHale. “But to horse and let’s be off to
-where the lugger is tied up.”
-
-As they climbed into their saddles Longsword asked,
-
-“How soon can you be ready to put to sea?”
-
-“The minute I put me foot upon the deck, my lads will be ready to cast
-off. The secret of the lugger’s success is in her always being ready.”
-
-A sharp quick gallop of a quarter of an hour brought them to the wharf
-where the Erin was moored. She was a trim looking three-master and the
-length of the yards showed that her spread of canvas would be immense
-for her tonnage. Ethan hurriedly made arrangements for the return of
-the horses to their owner, and then followed the two Irishmen on board
-the Erin.
-
-The lugger’s crew were stout, hardy looking young men, with the air of
-having braved danger many times and not fearing to look it in the face.
-True to Captain McHale’s word, they had cast off the lines, towed the
-vessel into the stream and had the sails drawing within a very short
-time after he came aboard.
-
-“You are right,” said Ethan as he noted the little vessel’s progress
-with satisfaction. “The Erin has speed.”
-
-“She sails like a hawk, sir, before the wind,” said her captain proudly.
-
-There were still some hours of daylight and every vessel they passed
-was carefully studied by McHale.
-
-“I know the Montespan very well,” said he. “There is a rake to her tall
-masts that I could recognize anywhere above the horizon.”
-
-But night came on and still there was no sign of the desired vessel.
-The lugger squared away for Plymouth, and morning found her cutting the
-choppy seas of the channel, well upon her way. While the captain and
-his two passengers were at breakfast the lookout shouted:
-
-“Sail ho!”
-
-Instantly Captain McHale was upon deck, glass in hand.
-
-“Where away?” he asked.
-
-“Right ahead, sir.”
-
-The skipper of the privateer took a long, thirsty look, and then cried,
-delightedly,
-
-“It’s the Montespan, by the gods of war!”
-
-Ethan and Longsword each took a look at the chase through the glass.
-Then the former said,
-
-“How many hours is Plymouth off, with this breeze?”
-
-“We should reach there by night if we were going there,” answered the
-skipper.
-
-“Do you think it is possible for the lugger to overtake the vessel
-ahead in that time?”
-
-“The Erin, sir, can outsail the Montespan in any slant of the wind.
-We’ll overhaul her within five hours, if nothing happens, and you can
-talk to Monsieur Fochard about any matter of business you might have
-wid him, below in my cabin.”
-
-The steadiness with which the lugger hung upon the track of the
-Montespan attracted the attention of those on board that vessel before
-long. A topsail was run up, and a jib set, which increased her speed
-greatly. Captain McHale smiled, and his blue eyes twinkled.
-
-“See to that, now, how bashful they are. Sure, sorra the bit do they
-want to become acquainted wid us.”
-
-The great, square canvases of the lugger were trimmed and hauled taut;
-she heeled a little more, and the white spume that boiled in her wake
-showed an increase in her speed also. Mile after mile was covered;
-the Montespan constantly lifted higher and higher, until at length
-they could plainly see, with the naked eye, the people upon her decks.
-However, the lugger was not making the speed that her skipper expected
-of her, and he seemed vexed when the chase spread more canvas and began
-to slowly slip away.
-
-The lug sails were drenched with water to make them draw better; this
-improved matters, but not much, and the sun was low in the west, the
-gray coast of England lay ahead, and still the Montespan was beyond the
-reach of the Erin.
-
-Longsword, as he realized that night was about to close in and rob them
-of their prey, looked hungrily over the lugger’s tarpaulin-covered guns.
-
-“A shot from one of those,” he said, “might bring her to.”
-
-“She is a French craft,” said Captain McHale, “and I dare not try it.”
-
-“Could ye not explain away the small matter of a broken spar?”
-suggested the crafty Longsword. “As you see, she flies no flag; ye
-might be mistaken about her being a French vessel, after all. She may
-be English, and as a French privateer it is your duty to your owners to
-examine her near at hand.”
-
-The skipper ran his fingers through his yellow hair and grinned.
-
-“Troth, then,” remarked he, “there is a good deal in what ye say,
-Mister O’Moore; and now that ye put it afore me I have a great mind to
-see what effect a ball would have on her. The Erin would catch her in
-the long run; but night is coming, and the English coast is too near at
-hand.”
-
-He gave orders to his mate, who at once stripped one of the forward
-guns. The powder and shot had just been brought upon deck when Ethan
-suddenly cried to McHale:
-
-“See, there! What vessel is that?”
-
-Upon the lee, a large ship was bearing down upon the Montespan and
-the pursuing lugger. All eyes upon the Erin had been centred upon the
-chase and had given no attention to anything else; consequently, the
-appearance of the ship was something like magic to the lugger’s crew.
-
-“She flies the British flag,” cried Longsword. “There’s ructions
-coming too, for she is stripping her decks for a fight.”
-
-A sudden rending roar came from the British ship’s bow, a red tongue of
-flame darted from a port and a haze of smoke curled upward. In answer
-the Montespan ran up the English flag; but Captain McHale cried bravely:
-
-“No sailing under false colors for the Erin. We sink or swim with our
-own colors at the peak.”
-
-The French flag went up to the lugger’s mainmast a moment later, and
-with a swing of the wheel McHale headed her toward the coast.
-
-“We’ll get shallow water further in,” said he, “and some ugly looking
-rocks. A vessel of her draft will not venture in after us.”
-
-But the frigate seemed to give her attention to the Montespan; the
-ensign did not appear to deceive her, for another shot rang out, and
-the French vessel’s fore topmast was carried away. Then another and
-another shot followed in quick succession; and the Montespan signaled
-her surrender, with her rudder shot away and a hole knocked in her hull
-just above the water line.
-
-“Good firing,” said Ethan, admiringly. Then he continued with a change
-of tone, “And again the dispatch is lost to me.”
-
-He was standing by the after rail and watching the beautiful handling
-of the frigate’s guns; as he spoke he saw a boat pull away from her to
-the Montespan; and then she turned her attention to the lugger.
-
-“Are we out of range?” asked the young American of the skipper.
-
-“We’ll know in a moment,” answered McHale, grimly.
-
-And so they did; as the frigate swept around she let go her forward
-battery at the Erin and the shot shrilled above her in the dusk. But
-McHale held the little vessel upon her way; night was all but upon
-them, and he hoped that shoal water and darkness would assist him to
-elude the enemy. The gunnery of the latter was not now so good; she
-fired many times and did little or no damage; night had spread her
-bat-like wings above the waters when a last shot splintered the mizzen
-mast, and it fell in a tangle of rigging over the stern.
-
-“Take care,” roared Longsword to Ethan, who stood directly in its way.
-
-But the warning came too late; with a wild cry the lad was swept over
-the side into the sea; the lugger went rushing by, having changed
-her course to down coast; the lanterns of the frigate could be seen
-gleaming for a time further out to sea. But at last these, too,
-disappeared and Ethan Carlyle was left to utter darkness, struggling
-with the waves.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XX
-
-SHOWS HOW A SOLDIER CAME OUT OF MILL PRISON
-
-
-It was fortunate for Ethan that he was a powerful swimmer, and at no
-great distance from the shore. He took the matter very coolly until
-he got his bearings; then he struck out for the beach. The pull of
-the undertow made landing rather difficult, but after a long struggle
-he finally accomplished it. He had no fear of detection, and boldly
-presented himself at a fisherman’s cabin and asked permission to dry
-his clothes.
-
-The fisherman and his wife gladly took him in; and they insisted upon
-providing him with supper and a bed.
-
-“I know what it is to fall into the sea in the night,” said the man
-with a shake of his head. “And I’ll not refuse an English lad like
-yourself any help I can give.”
-
-Ethan, of course, did not undeceive him; to have told that he was an
-American would have meant imprisonment; so he merely thanked the good
-people, and accepted their many little kindnesses without revealing his
-nationality.
-
-Next morning he discovered that he was but a half dozen miles from
-Plymouth; so, after insisting that the fisher folks take an English
-gold piece which he happened to have, he set out for the town. And as
-he tramped along the road his thoughts were upon the probable fate of
-the dispatch and of the lugger.
-
-“Both in the hands of the British,” he murmured dispiritedly. “There
-can be nothing else for it. And who knows, before another sun sets I
-may be suspected and taken myself.”
-
-He had no definite idea as to what he should do when he reached
-Plymouth; but something might be learned of the Erin, and that more
-than anything else induced him to enter the town. After wandering about
-for some time and watching the shipping and other things, his lagging
-steps halted before a great stone structure, grim looking and solid
-like a fortress.
-
-“A prison,” he muttered as soon as his eyes traveled over it. “Mill
-prison, where they treat the American seamen so cruelly, I have no
-doubt. And perhaps Shamus and that brave fellow McHale will be behind
-those walls before long.”
-
-As he looked, the huge door of the place opened and a tall, erect young
-man, in the scarlet coat of an English soldier, emerged, paused a
-moment, his eyes on Ethan, then came directly across toward him. For a
-moment the lad’s impulse was to run; but second thought showed him how
-useless this would be, and he stood his ground.
-
-“You are a sailor, I see,” said the soldier, his eyes running over
-the dress that Ethan had worn since his first day in the Ranger. The
-speaker was a handsome young fellow, with clear honest eyes, and a
-resolute face; in spite of himself Ethan liked his looks.
-
-“I am,” he answered, promptly.
-
-“Out of a man-of-war, I take it?”
-
-“Yes, and looking for another of the same sort,” said Ethan.
-
-The other regarded him with a peculiar expression, then asked:
-
-“What part of England are you from?”
-
-Ethan laughed lightly, and put the question aside.
-
-“I’ll not answer that for certain reasons,” said he.
-
-“No harm done, I hope, comrade,” spoke the young soldier.
-
-“None at all,” said Ethan, easily.
-
-The other turned and was about to walk away down the street; but he
-paused and said slowly and distinctly:
-
-“London, I think, is the place for you.”
-
-Then he wheeled about on his heel and walked, with military erectness,
-down along the prison wall, which he turned and so disappeared from
-view.
-
-“What could he have meant by that?” thought Ethan, astonished.
-“‘London, I think, is the place for you.’” He remained silent a moment,
-and then resumed, “And I think he is right. London is the place for me.
-There I can lose myself in the throngs; and perhaps I can somehow get a
-ship for France.”
-
-He gave up all hope of Longsword and McHale; bitter as was the thought
-he made up his mind that it would be useless to linger about Plymouth
-in the hope of helping them; he began to think, also, that it was
-dangerous for him, in his sailor’s dress, to be seen upon the streets;
-at any time a press-gang might happen along, for the king’s ships were
-badly in need of men for the American war. So before the city was well
-astir he had laid it behind him. On the road he met many wagons in from
-the farms with loads of fresh butter and eggs and other things for the
-town.
-
-“Oh, lad,” cried one old man pointing at the young tar with his whip,
-and speaking in a broad dialect, “hast left thy ship? It’s main queer,
-so it is, that first I should meet with a soldier, and now with a
-sailor, upon the road to town.”
-
-“A soldier,” thought Ethan, as he trudged along. “I wonder if it could
-be the same one?”
-
-Many times during the day he inquired his way of simple country folk
-along the way. They stared when they heard that he was going up to
-London; it was a very large place and very far away. That night he
-stopped at a small wayside inn; he saw the young soldier whom he had
-noticed coming out of the prison at Plymouth, and who had spoken to
-him. But the youth studiously avoided him, and as Ethan was not at
-all anxious to form the acquaintance of king’s men, he did not force
-himself upon him.
-
-When he arose next morning the soldier was not to be seen. The boy
-breakfasted at his leisure; the landlord and his wife, who took the
-young American to be a seaman of a British ship, off, perhaps, upon a
-visit to his old home in some inland town, began to question him about
-the progress of the war.
-
-“And have you seen any of these American privateers that we hear
-so much about?” asked the landlord. Ethan nodded, and the man went
-on, “Ah, they must be very desperate fellows, indeed; and stubborn
-fighters, too, I have heard tell.”
-
-“They are,” said Ethan.
-
-“Englishmen will have to stand together to gain the victory over such
-enemies,” said the landlord, shaking his head. “And Englishmen in the
-service should trust one another; they shouldn’t be like the soldier
-who slept here over night. Do you know, he seemed afraid of you; and
-slipped away before you got up, without waiting for his breakfast. He
-said he’d take some bread and cheese to eat upon the road.”
-
-When Ethan once more resumed his journey toward London, his mind was
-full of conjectures regarding this queer person in uniform. Several
-times during the day he felt confident that he caught a glimpse of
-the scarlet coat dodging behind hedges and haystacks. The lad became
-suspicious of this and left the highroad for a small and badly cut up
-wagon way which a farmer informed him would land him on the London road
-some ten miles farther on.
-
-“I’ll be out of sight of him now,” said the young seaman, as he plodded
-along. “It can’t be that he suspects me for what I am; if that were so
-he’d have summoned help and taken me long ago. But I don’t like his
-actions for all that, and it’s best that I see no more of him.”
-
-But his ruse to avoid any further meeting with the redcoat was not a
-success. Night brought him to another roadside hostelry, and the first
-person whom he saw, sitting upon a bench before the door, was that
-identical person. As they stood staring at each other in wondering
-surprise, Ethan noticed a sudden spasm of laughter sweep across the
-young man’s face; the thing seemed infectious for, unable to control
-himself, the young American threw back his head and burst into a peal
-that made the old inn ring and caused the white-capped landlady to come
-rushing out to see what was the matter.
-
-The soldier regarded Ethan with somewhat puzzled eyes; it seemed that
-there was something about the boy that he did not quite understand, nor
-altogether trust.
-
-“I see that you have followed my advice,” said he.
-
-“Yes,” replied Ethan. “I am going to London.”
-
-“You have chosen a rather out-of-the-way route,” said the soldier.
-
-“Perhaps,” answered the other, “but the highroad is not always
-desirable.”
-
-The young man regarded Ethan intently; then he said:
-
-“Somehow, I can’t quite make up my mind about you.”
-
-Ethan thought of the odd conduct of the speaker and replied,
-
-“The feeling is mutual, then; for you have puzzled me some.”
-
-The landlady had gone in once more, seeing that there was nothing
-wrong, and Ethan had taken a seat upon a bench facing the man in the
-scarlet coat. There was a short silence between them, then the latter
-asked:
-
-“Will you lend me your knife; I want to trim my cane a bit.”
-
-He held a light cane in his hand; through constant contact with the
-ground this had become worn and splintered at one end. Ethan noticed
-that the man carried a knife in his own belt, but thinking it in bad
-condition, he handed over his own without a word. The soldier began to
-chip at his cane with great deliberation.
-
-“It’s a good blade,” said he. “Where did you get it?”
-
-“Aboard ship,” said Ethan.
-
-“Ah,” the man darted a quick look at him and then went on chipping.
-“You got it from some other sailor, I suppose.”
-
-“No,” answered the lad, all unsuspecting, “the knife was supplied all
-hands by----”
-
-He stopped suddenly and bit his lip. The soldier looked at him, a laugh
-in his frank eyes.
-
-“You were going to say--Congress,” spoke he, with great calmness. Ethan
-stared at him in astonished silence, and then the man continued, “I
-recall the knife well; I had one myself. It was given me while on board
-the Lexington.”
-
-“The Lexington,” said Ethan, his breath coming hard. “Were you on board
-her?” He continued to stare; then added, “As a prisoner, I suppose.”
-
-“Prisoners are not supplied with knives on board American vessels of
-war,” said the other. “I was master’s mate in the Lexington.”
-
-“Then,” breathed Ethan excitedly, “you are an American.”
-
-“I am,” laughed the other. “I am of Norfolk, in Virginia, and my name
-is Richard Dale.”
-
-“But,” and Ethan’s eyes ran over the British uniform, “you are now----”
-
-He hesitated; and the other leaned over and tapped him upon the knee
-with one finger.
-
-“I am still an American. I wear a British uniform, but it is a
-disguise.”
-
-Then looking all about so as to assure himself that he was not
-overheard, Richard Dale told Ethan Carlyle his story. He told how
-the Lexington on that September day, when short of powder and ball,
-encountered the British cutter Alert. A desperate cannonading of two
-hours’ duration ensued; then the Lexington, running out of ball,
-clapped on sail and stood away. But the Alert was the swifter craft and
-overhauled her, renewing the engagement. The Lexington’s crew broke up
-all the iron on board and rammed it into her guns, but when this was
-exhausted she was forced to strike her colors.
-
-The officers and crew were landed at Plymouth and confined in Mill
-prison, where they suffered greatly.
-
-“The men were actually starved,” said Richard Dale, his eyes shining
-with anger. “You will better understand their dreadful condition when
-I tell you that one day they caught a stray dog and killed and cooked
-it for food. But Captain Johnson and some of the officers dug a hole
-beneath the wall of the prison, and one night about a dozen of us
-escaped. We held together for a week or more, wandering by night about
-the countryside; then we separated and I made my way to London with one
-companion. We had taken a ship for France when a press-gang boarded her
-and we were seized, recognized and sent back to Mill prison in chains.
-I have been there ever since,” said the young man in conclusion. “My
-first breath of freedom in a year was taken when I stepped through the
-door of the prison yesterday morning and saw you standing across the
-way.”
-
-“I don’t exactly understand,” said Ethan bewilderedly. “No one
-attempted to stop you.”
-
-“Of course not,” answered Dale with a smile. “A kind hearted person
-of rank who pitied me provided me with this uniform; and I passed,
-unsuspected, through the keepers to freedom.”
-
-“Who was the person?” asked Ethan. But Richard Dale smiled and shook
-his head. He lived a long life and died at the head of the American
-navy, but he ever refused to tell who had assisted him that day to
-escape from the Mill prison at Plymouth.
-
-“When I saw you standing across the way,” said Dale, “your intent
-expression unnerved me for a moment. I thought you had penetrated my
-disguise. But when I heard your voice I fancied that you might be an
-American.”
-
-“And that is why you warned me to go to London,” said Ethan.
-
-“Yes. But when I saw you at the inn last night I began to suspect you
-again. I fancied you were following me on the road to-day, and changed
-my route and came this way.”
-
-“And I,” laughed Ethan, “thought the same of you, and left the highroad
-for the same reason.”
-
-They talked together while the landlady prepared some bacon and eggs
-for them. A light carriage drawn by a pair of swift gray horses drew up
-at the inn door; a man and a well grown boy leaped out; and at sight of
-them Ethan Carlyle shrank back out of sight.
-
-“What is it?” asked Dale in astonishment as the newcomers entered the
-inn.
-
-But Ethan did not reply; his eyes were following the forms of Stephen
-Wheelock and the spy, Danvers, as they disappeared through the doorway.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXI
-
-THE EXPLOIT OF MASTER DIRK HATFIELD
-
-
-Ethan recovered himself in a very few moments; and then he told Dale
-the story of the dispatch and the part which Danvers had played in its
-disappearance.
-
-“And so it has fallen into British hands at last,” said Dale,
-regretfully. “Too bad; for you and Captain Jones did all you could to
-save it, I can see that.”
-
-Just then the landlady came out and announced that their supper was
-ready. In a few moments they were seated with the smoking bacon and
-eggs before them, also some golden butter and a white loaf. There was a
-broad window looking out upon a sort of porch at the side of the inn,
-and just outside this window Danvers and young Wheelock sat engaged in
-an earnest conversation.
-
-“The bacon is good,” said Dale with great satisfaction, “and the eggs
-are perfect. It’s a dish for a king after the food of the prison.”
-
-Hoof-beats sounded upon the road. Looking through the window they
-saw a man, mounted upon a powerful black horse, draw up and dismount.
-He wore long boots, a full skirted coat and a cocked hat with a star
-of silver metal at one side. In his belt were a pair of long heavy
-pistols; and as he gave his horse to a groom he lilted a rollicking
-air. The landlady, who had just brought in a fresh dish of eggs, at
-sight of him dropped it upon the floor, at the same time uttering an
-exclamation of alarm.
-
-“Again,” she cried, in apparent terror, “he’ll have the magistrates
-upon me next, the villain!”
-
-“What is it, good woman?” asked Dale, curiously.
-
-“That I can’t tell, sir,” replied the hostess. “It would be as much as
-my life would be worth, perhaps.”
-
-“Don’t take the saddle off,” directed the newcomer in a deep voice,
-“and stand ready to bring him out immediately when I give the word.” He
-tossed the groom a crown piece, then raised his voice to a shout. “Ho,
-the house,” he cried. “Mistress Parsons, why do you not come out to
-welcome an old patron?”
-
-“A patron whom I wish I’d never laid eyes upon,” said the landlady.
-But, nevertheless, she bustled out at once, and they could hear her
-greeting the man in the cocked hat with well assumed effusiveness.
-There was a slow-moving, chuckle-headed fellow employed at the inn in
-some capacity, who happened to be in the room at the time. He shook his
-head from side to side, and grinned widely.
-
-“Mistress Parsons don’t like Dirk Hatfield to come here,” he
-volunteered, to Ethan and Dale. “But she daren’t order him away.”
-
-“Why not?” asked Ethan for want of something better to say. The man
-opened his round eyes still wider and exclaimed in tones of wonder,
-
-“What, drive off Dirk Hatfield! Why he’d kill us all in our beds. Don’t
-you know him, sirs? He’s a highwayman,” in a low voice of terror; “they
-say that once he stopped the Lord Mayor of London himself and made him
-deliver. Oh, he’s a daring rogue, indeed.”
-
-Before they had time to comment upon this the landlady ushered Master
-Hatfield into the room. He was a large man with wide shoulders and
-deep chest, and he walked with the swagger of a bravo. At sight of
-Dale’s scarlet coat he started; but he recovered himself immediately,
-hitched one of his heavy pistols nearer to his hand, and took a seat at
-a table near the window.
-
-“Now, Mistress Parsons,” said he, “I’ll have some food; and make all
-the speed you can, for I must hurry on.”
-
-“Very well, sir,” said the landlady with a bow, “I’ll attend to it
-myself, sir.”
-
-She bustled out of the room to the kitchen, and the highwayman spread
-his booted legs under the table, tucked his thumbs into his belt and
-regarded Ethan and Dale with careless indifference. But his attention
-was soon drawn from them to Danvers and Wheelock who still sat
-conversing upon the side porch near the window. Their tones had grown
-louder, and Ethan could plainly hear what passed between them, as could
-Dale and Master Dirk Hatfield.
-
-“And how did you learn that Fochard had deceived you?” Wheelock was
-saying.
-
-“He sent me word himself that he had the paper--that he had taken it
-from Siki. He had intended disposing of it himself, but at the last
-moment he grew afraid; the French might call it treason, you know, to
-give comfort to the enemy in the way of news. So he crossed the channel
-in a French vessel----”
-
-“Why,” exclaimed Wheelock, “it was the British frigate Sea Horse he was
-in at Plymouth, was it not?”
-
-“It was. The Sea Horse took the vessel in which he had crossed: but
-when the captain learned that Fochard had secret business with me he
-knew that for the time at least he was an important personage and so
-entered the river and sent for me.”
-
-He drew out a packet, stained and soiled, and sealed with great
-splotches of red wax, and laid it upon the table between them with much
-satisfaction. Ethan drew in his breath sharply at sight of it and his
-hand closed like a vise upon Dale’s arm.
-
-“The secret dispatch,” he whispered.
-
-The boy was in such a position that Danvers, even should he look into
-the room, could not see him; but Ethan had a clear view of the two upon
-the porch, and kept his eyes upon them constantly.
-
-“Ten thousand pounds,” said Wheelock in a brooding sort of way. “It’s a
-great deal of money to give up to that French rascal.”
-
-“I know it,” said Danvers, “but those were his terms. He wanted all the
-money and kindly offered the credit to me. And that was something; for
-he could have just as well as not have taken the papers to Lord North
-and received both.”
-
-“The ten thousand pounds will be delivered to whoever turns over the
-paper, and no questions asked, I suppose,” said Wheelock.
-
-“Yes,” laughed Danvers, once more stuffing the packet into the breast
-pocket of his coat, “but don’t think to make off with it, my lad; I
-have it safely here, and mean to keep it.”
-
-All this seemed to interest Master Hatfield vastly. He leaned intently
-forward, and the expression upon his face was eager and alert. Dale
-nudged Ethan and the latter nodded that he saw this sudden display of
-attention.
-
-“It will not now be long before the dispatch is in the hands of the
-ministry at London,” continued Danvers, “if these horses hold out.”
-
-He paused suddenly, for he had caught sight of the intent face of
-the highwayman and the covetous snap of his eyes. His voice, when he
-resumed, had fallen much lower; and in a few moments the two left the
-porch and entered a private room of the inn.
-
-While he ate his supper of capon pie and smacked his lips over his
-stone mug the gentleman of the road smiled grimly. Ethan and Hale
-shortly withdrew, and once clear of the room they looked at each other
-significantly.
-
-“The paper,” said Dale, “will soon be sought by good Master Hatfield,
-if I am not much mistaken.”
-
-Just then the chuckle-headed attendant at the inn came out and called
-to a hostler who stood at the stable door.
-
-“What’s wanted?” asked the latter.
-
-“You’re to bring up the carriage for the two gentlemen immediately,”
-said the other.
-
-His mistress, her eyes full of anger, appeared behind him at this and
-whirled him within as she hissed,
-
-“You thick-head! Were you not told to give the order quietly?”
-
-“They have taken the alarm,” commented Dale, referring to Danvers and
-Wheelock. “The knight of the road did not impress them.”
-
-“They will not wait for refreshments, even,” said Ethan. “And night is
-falling, too. They would be safer if they remained.”
-
-Night had come upon the still countryside while they stood talking
-before the inn; and the darkness was growing deeper and deeper with
-each passing moment. When the stable-men brought the carriage around to
-the front its lamps were lit and glimmered redly.
-
-“These two travelers must be in a hurry,” said one of the men to the
-other.
-
-“Indeed, yes,” answered the second. “It’s going to be a dark night, and
-they’ll have trouble before they reach the highroad to London. This one
-is badly cut up a piece below here.”
-
-“But the road won’t be their greatest hindrance,” whispered the first
-speaker. “Don’t you see that Master Hatfield has ordered out Black
-George? There is Will Hampton with him now.”
-
-The two Americans turned their eyes instantly toward a side door to the
-stable, from which came the faint glimmer of a lantern. A third groom
-was leading the great black horse of Hatfield out into the yard; and in
-the sickly flare of the light they also made out the tall figure of the
-highwayman, bending over and looking to the priming of his pistols.
-
-“I must get the dispatch at once,” said Ethan hurriedly.
-
-He was about darting into the inn, but Dale caught him by the arm.
-
-“Not so fast,” said the Virginian. “Let Danvers know who you are and
-he’ll sell us out without hesitation.”
-
-“You are right,” said Ethan.
-
-A clatter of hoofs upon the stones caused them to turn once more toward
-the stable-yard. Master Dirk Hatfield had thrown himself into the
-saddle, and now with a wave of his hand to the hostler, which looked
-much like a warning to silence, he disappeared in the gloom. Danvers
-and Wheelock soon came out and entered their vehicle.
-
-“Well?” said Dale inquiringly.
-
-“I’ll follow behind and stop them on the road,” said Ethan, resolutely.
-“Then I can get the paper, if possible, and slip away before Danvers
-can reach the ear of any one to betray me.”
-
-“I’m with you,” said Richard Dale.
-
-Ethan clasped his hand in silence. At that moment the carriage started
-up the dark road. A boy was driving it, and he was compelled to go
-slowly, so they had no trouble in keeping it within hearing; for it was
-impossible to see more than a dozen yards ahead, and the lamps were but
-pin points of flame invisible from behind.
-
-Suddenly there was a shout, a shrill cry and the sound of plunging
-horses.
-
-“He’s upon them already,” shouted Ethan.
-
-Both he and Dale broke into a stumbling run down the dark road toward
-the sounds. Then came a pistol shot, another cry, the confused sound
-of voices, and at last rapid hoofbeats flying along the road. When
-they reached the scene they found the driver crouched in fear by
-the roadside, one of his horses lying in a tangle of harness, while
-Danvers, supported by Wheelock, was bleeding and unconscious. Ethan
-seized one of the carriage lamps, flashed its dim rays about, and took
-in all this. But he kept his face hidden as much as possible.
-
-“Help!” called Wheelock, eagerly, as the footsteps of the newcomers
-fell upon his hearing. “A highwayman has attacked and has robbed us.”
-
-“Of your money?” said Ethan, a tremble in his voice.
-
-“No; of a paper--a very valuable paper. Get horses; pursue him; take
-him dead or alive, and the reward will open your eyes.”
-
-Ethan and Dale looked at each other, but neither spoke; from far down
-the dark road the hoofs of the great black horse rang ever more faintly
-upon the frozen ground.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXII
-
-THE PRESS-GANG
-
-
-To hasten back to the inn and secure a couple of horses was the work of
-but a few minutes. Then Ethan and Richard Dale started in pursuit of
-the gentleman of the road.
-
-“He’s making his way toward the highway to London,” said Ethan as their
-mounts dashed bravely along the dark road. “And as I suppose he knows
-every cross-path and turn of the way there is not much hope of our
-overtaking him.”
-
-“I’m afraid not,” answered Dale.
-
-“But we’ll after him for all that,” said Ethan. “We must take advantage
-of every chance to recover the dispatch.”
-
-But it was as the boy feared. Master Dirk Hatfield knew all the roads
-and cross-paths, even in the darkness, and, like a fox, his first
-efforts were devoted to winding and doubling upon his trail. But
-they felt that he was headed for London, and so pressed on in that
-direction.
-
-They reached the capital late one afternoon, and sent the horses to a
-person whom their owner had indicated.
-
-“Now,” said Ethan, after this had been attended to, “I think the first
-thing that we should do is to get a change of costume--something less
-noticeable than we are now wearing.”
-
-“I have been thinking of that,” said Dale. “This scarlet coat makes me
-a marked man, and that is not good for one who does not desire to be
-observed.”
-
-They sought out the district down near the water-side where they knew
-there would be slop-shops whose proprietors would be only too glad
-to turn an honest penny and keep silent. They came upon such a place
-within a few moments after entering the quarter frequented by the
-seamen who came into that port. There were old clothes in great variety
-hung about the door upon pegs, and a long-bearded, hook-nosed man
-prowled up and down, his sharp eyes ever alert for customers.
-
-“Oh,” said he, rubbing his hands together as they paused before the
-place. “How do you do, Jack? Soldier, I am glad to see you, my son.
-Just step inside. If it is clothing you want, or jewelry, you have come
-to the right place. I have a stock, my dears, that can’t be matched in
-London.”
-
-“For badness, I suppose you mean,” said Ethan, as they followed him in.
-
-The hook-nosed man laughed and jagged the boy playfully with his elbow.
-
-“Jack-tars,” said he, “always like their joke. But I enjoy it, my son;
-for I understand your fun.”
-
-He looked at them from under shaggy brows, with eyes that twinkled with
-cunning.
-
-“It is not jewelry you want?” he said.
-
-“No,” answered Ethan.
-
-Again the man laughed.
-
-“I knew it,” he said. “It is clothing--clothing such as most citizens
-of London wear--clothing that will pass you in the crowd along with the
-thousand and one others and will cause no man to look at you twice.”
-
-He leered at them knowingly; and Dale said,
-
-“You are a wise man, friend; so let us see these garments of which you
-speak.”
-
-The man promptly spread many suits of more or less worn clothing before
-them.
-
-“Youth,” spoke he, sagely, as they were selecting, “is ever desiring
-a change. They are not satisfied with the dull life they lead--and so
-go into the navy, or army. And,” with a chuckle of malice, “they grow
-tired of that very soon, as a rule; and then they come to me, change
-their clothes and slip away.”
-
-“You think us deserters, then,” said Ethan.
-
-“My son, I think nothing. I take your money and give you the goods you
-buy. I never question my customers. But,” with one dirty finger laid
-alongside his nose, “I sometimes hazard a guess.”
-
-They selected the garments which they preferred, and a few moments
-later they had donned them.
-
-“We’ll leave the others,” said Ethan, as he paid the bill. “You can do
-what you like with them.”
-
-“You are very kind,” smirked the hook-nosed man. “And I thank you much.”
-
-He followed them outside and stood watching them as they went down the
-street.
-
-“A knave, or I never saw one,” remarked Dale with a backward glance
-over his shoulder.
-
-“I think you are right,” said Ethan. “I suppose most of these
-water-side characters are alike; they’d sell any one if the price were
-high enough.”
-
-They turned a corner, out, as they supposed, of the man’s view; a
-little further on Ethan suddenly grasped Dale’s arm.
-
-“Look there,” he whispered, his face paling with sudden excitement.
-
-“What is it?” asked the ex-master’s mate of the Lexington.
-
-“Under the shed, there by the pastry cook’s. The horse, I mean.”
-
-Dale gazed at the large, coal-black beast hitched to a post and
-munching a feed of corn out of a small tub.
-
-“Dirk Hatfield’s horse,” cried the sailor.
-
-“The same,” said Ethan. “And where the horse is the master cannot be
-far away.”
-
-“In the cook’s shop,” said Dale, eagerly.
-
-“As like as not. Let us go in.”
-
-They crossed toward the glass fronted shop; through the window they saw
-a neatly appointed place whose counters were filled with the flaky
-products of its ovens; a white-capped, round faced man presided over
-it; and at a table, knife and fork in hand and napkin tucked under his
-shirt collar, sat the worthy Master Hatfield, attacking with gusto a
-smoking dish of pigeon stew. As the two Americans stalked in, he gave
-them a glance; but their change of dress saved them from recognition.
-They took seats, and the white-capped man served them with food, all
-the time continuing the conversation which he had been holding with the
-highwayman.
-
-“Yes,” he was saying, “the king’s ships are in a bad way indeed for
-lack of men. They say the frigate Serapis is almost unmanned.”
-
-“Too bad,” growled the gentleman of the road, who though his hand was
-constantly raised against the law and its officers was a stout Briton
-at heart. “How do we expect to beat the French and the Yankees if our
-ships can’t put to sea?”
-
-“You speak truth,” said the pastry cook. “And the impudent Yankees
-need a beating badly. Their insolence in crossing the ocean in their
-cockle-shells and attacking English ports is more than can be borne.”
-
-The man puffed his round cheeks with indignation and rattled the plates
-with vigor. Dirk Hatfield paused in his assault upon the pigeon stew
-long enough to reply:
-
-“Oh, but they’ll get their trouncing before long, mark me. English tars
-and English ships rule the sea; it’s not for the Yankees to hoist a
-flag without British permission, and their colored rags will soon be
-trailed in the dirt of their decks, and Britannia queen of them all, as
-is her place.”
-
-“Are you up from the water-side, friends?” asked the cook, as Ethan and
-Dale calmly ate of the dishes he had placed before them, and watched
-the highwayman cautiously.
-
-“No,” answered Ethan; “from Plymouth.”
-
-The highwayman lifted his head and gave the boy a long look of interest.
-
-“Are the press-gangs out, there, as in London?” asked the proprietor.
-
-“I’ve heard that they were busy there,” said Ethan.
-
-“It’s the same all over the kingdom, I suppose.”
-
-Neither of the Americans replied; and in a few moments Hatfield spoke
-up.
-
-“Plymouth is a brisk little place; it is no great size, indeed, but
-many things happen there.”
-
-“Right,” said the pastry cook; “the fleets sail from there very often.”
-
-“It’s not by sea alone that Plymouth is brisk,” continued the gentleman
-of the road; “but by land as well. And the country between that town
-and London offers many opportunities to a man of parts.”
-
-“Ay. I’ve heard it said often that it was a most excellent farming
-section.”
-
-“Good strokes of business are to be done thereabouts,” continued
-Hatfield. “My last visit there,” and he slapped the breast of his coat
-with a chuckle, “promises to pay me a pretty penny, indeed.”
-
-“The luck was with you, then?” cried the pastry cook with innocent
-interest.
-
-“It was,” laughed Hatfield. “It was very much with me, sir.”
-
-“He still has the dispatch,” whispered Ethan to Dale.
-
-“In his breast pocket,” returned the sailor, in the same low tone.
-“But he is armed.”
-
-“If we take him suddenly we’ll have the advantage for all that.”
-
-The pastry cook and the highwayman continued their talk; the two
-Americans had their heads together, thrashing out the situation.
-
-“It’s dark without,” said Ethan at last, guardedly. “We’ll take him
-unawares when he is about to mount his horse.”
-
-Dale now and then glanced with much interest into the street through
-the glass of the doors. He leaned forward at length and spoke to the
-proprietor.
-
-“Your place,” said he, “appears to attract much attention, sir.”
-
-The man seemed greatly pleased and smiled broadly.
-
-“I have often marked that,” he said. “It increases business, sir, to
-make one’s shop bright and attractive.”
-
-“You have much custom among the sailors in the district, I suppose?”
-
-The pastry cook pursed up his mouth and shook his head doubtfully.
-
-[Illustration:_AN ANGRY LOOK CAME INTO HATFIELD’S EYES_]
-
-“No,” he said, “I think not. The grog shops attract them most.”
-
-“I have noticed,” said Dale calmly, his gaze once more directed toward
-the street, “that there are many sailors about just now, and they all,
-somehow, seem to feel much interest in this place.”
-
-A number of seamen with cutlasses belted at their sides were to be seen
-across the way; two or three stood at the window; and as Dale spoke
-their leader, evidently a boatswain, opened the door and swaggered in.
-The proprietor advanced with an uneasy smile.
-
-“Good-evening, sir,” said he, with a bow.
-
-“How do you do?” returned the other. As he said this he glanced at
-the shop’s three patrons with an air of calm inspection. The powerful
-figure of Dirk Hatfield seemed to attract him, and he coolly advanced
-to his side.
-
-“Sailor, I think,” he said.
-
-“Wrong,” said the gentleman of the road, looking up from his meal.
-
-“I think not,” persisted the man-of-war’s-man quietly.
-
-An angry look came into Hatfield’s fierce eyes; he laid down his knife
-and fork, leaned back in his chair and growled out,
-
-“Well, my man, you are a pert lad enough: but be careful how you speak
-to a gentleman. You are in danger of having your face spoiled if you
-talk like that.”
-
-The sailor laughed. He swung one leg over the corner of the table at
-which the other sat and tapped with one finger tip upon the butt of a
-pistol.
-
-“I’m not much afraid of that--my man,” he said.
-
-The pastry cook leaned over Ethan and whispered, “There is a door in
-the rear that leads through the kitchen and into a small court.”
-
-The young American looked at the man in surprise; then he felt Dale
-touch his sleeve, and turned toward him.
-
-“Look outside there,” whispered the ex-master’s mate.
-
-Ethan did as requested; to his surprise he saw the hook-nosed bearded
-man, of whom they had bought the clothing a short time before,
-conversing, with much gesticulation, with the seamen without.
-
-“He’s a crimp,” said Dale, in a whisper, “and has betrayed us. The
-place is surrounded by a press-gang.”
-
-“A press-gang!” Ethan stared at his companion.
-
-“Yes,” said Dale, with set face; “and as I have had one experience with
-this sort of gentry before, I don’t care for another.”
-
-“The rear door, gentlemen, the rear door,” whispered the pastry cook.
-“Here they come.”
-
-A half dozen seamen crowded into the shop; the boatswain, who still sat
-nonchalantly upon the corner of the table, said, briefly:
-
-“You’ll find over there the two we are after, lads.”
-
-He jerked his thumb toward the Americans as he spoke. The hook-nosed
-man stood in the doorway and grinned with satisfaction. The highwayman
-still lay back in his chair; his teeth showed, wolf-like, and his
-strong hands gripped the edge of the table.
-
-“The paper,” whispered Ethan. His face was white as he leaned toward
-Dale and uttered the words. Once more the longed-for dispatch was
-almost within his reach, and once more it was about to elude him.
-
-“Don’t think of that now,” said Dale, guardedly. “It is impossible for
-us to recover it here. Let us escape first, and help Hatfield to escape
-if we can. We can gain possession of the dispatch later, if all is
-well.”
-
-The sailors now advanced upon the two.
-
-“Do ye strike your colors, shipmates?” asked an old gunner with a
-laugh. “The king needs men too badly to have likely young chaps such as
-you run off like this.”
-
-He was about to lay hands upon Dale when Ethan struck him a quick,
-heavy blow that sent him reeling. Dale was up in an instant, and as the
-men of the press-gang sprang forward, planted blow after blow among
-them with telling effect. A rush of additional seamen came through the
-door; Dirk Hatfield was upon his feet, also, by now; his heavy pistol
-barked sullenly among the crowd and then rose and fell with battering
-force as he used it hammer like. Ethan found himself shoulder to
-shoulder with the man for an instant.
-
-“When the lights go out,” he said, “make for the rear door.”
-
-Hatfield nodded understandingly, striking out viciously all the while.
-
-A number of candles had been overturned in the struggle; now only a
-single branch illuminated the room. Ethan, with a quick pass, knocked
-this over, also, and the shop was instantly plunged into darkness.
-
-“Now,” cried the young American.
-
-He and Dale gained the door in the rear; but the highwayman’s nasty
-temper played its part here, and he paused to deal a shower of blows
-upon the boatswain, whom he had seized by the throat just as the light
-was extinguished.
-
-Ethan and Dale plunged into the little court at the back of the place
-and found a single seaman guarding it with drawn cutlass. A quick rush
-together disposed of him, and in a moment they were upon the street,
-lurking in the shadows, and hearkening to the fierce conflict that
-raged within the room which they had just left.
-
-This lasted but a few moments, however; then the press-gang appeared,
-dragging in the midst of them the grim figure of the highwayman.
-
-“Caught!” breathed Ethan, despairingly.
-
-“Master Hatfield,” said Dale in a low voice, “has stopped his last
-traveler for many a long day, and is now in a fair way toward serving
-his king upon the sea.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXIII
-
-HOW THE BON HOMME RICHARD MET THE SERAPIS
-
-
-Ethan Carlyle and his friend Richard Dale, after their experience with
-the press-gang, made it a point to keep themselves as much in the
-background as possible during the remainder of their stay in London.
-This latter was very much longer than they had expected; days grew into
-weeks and weeks into months, but still they found no means of crossing
-the narrow seas to France.
-
-Dale had little or no money, and Ethan’s supply had all but given out
-when, at length, they found a Scotch skipper who agreed to give them
-passage in his vessel. On the way across the two young men talked much
-about the future and of what they still hoped to do in the cause of
-liberty.
-
-“If it is my good fortune to fall in with Captain Paul Jones once
-more,” said Ethan, “I shall bless my lucky stars.”
-
-“That is a gallant sailor and an excellent commander,” spoke Richard
-Dale, admiringly. “I should like to serve under him.”
-
-Ethan had told Dale many times of the captain’s bravery, skill and
-splendid love of freedom; his tales had fired the young Virginian’s
-imagination to such an extent that he desired nothing better than to
-sail under such an able officer.
-
-“It’s a disappointment to him, I suppose,” continued Dale, “not to have
-recovered the dispatch.”
-
-“A very bitter one, indeed. And the fact that it was stolen while in
-his care makes it all the more so.”
-
-“There is a slim chance of its ever being recovered now,” said Dale.
-
-“I have thought a good deal about it since the impressment of that man,
-Dirk Hatfield,” answered Ethan. “And I fancy that the paper may not
-come under the eye of the British ministry in such a hurry, after all.”
-
-“What makes you think that?”
-
-“Well, in the first place, Hatfield would be forced to acknowledge
-himself a highwayman and tell how he came to have the dispatch in his
-possession.”
-
-“You forget that Danvers said that no questions would be asked the
-person handing it over to Lord North.”
-
-“I hold that saying in mind very well. But Hatfield would not trust to
-it; a hunted wolf has no confidence in the hunter, even though he have
-no weapon in his hands.”
-
-“What do you suppose, then, would be the man’s plan of action?”
-
-“Like Fochard, he will hold the dispatch until he can secure the
-service of an intermediary. A man of his desperate and enterprising
-nature will not remain in a king’s ship very long; he’ll escape at the
-first opportunity. Then he will seek to dispose of the paper, and it
-may be my luck to once more stumble upon some trace of it.”
-
-“Fate does, indeed, seem to lead you by the hand in the matter,” smiled
-Richard Dale. “But she has, up to the present, held you back when upon
-the very threshold of success.”
-
-“It will not be always so, perhaps,” said Ethan earnestly. “Let us hope
-so, at least.”
-
-The vessel landed them at Brest secretly; the Scotch skipper seemed to
-have some sort of an understanding with the authorities, and though
-they gave him no trouble when he ran in, still he did the thing with
-all speed, and immediately made sail once more.
-
-After securing lodgings they began making inquiries regarding American
-warships in French waters.
-
-“There was a fleet of four ships sailed out of L’Orient not long
-since,” replied the person asked. “The French government provided the
-vessels, I think, but the commander was an American.”
-
-“And who was he?”
-
-“Why, none other than your great Captain John Paul Jones.”
-
-Ethan and Dale uttered exclamations of bitter disappointment.
-
-“You are positive of this, I suppose,” said the former.
-
-“Quite so, monsieur. The sailing of the squadron was upon every one’s
-tongue a short time ago.”
-
-“There is no use in crying over spilled milk,” said Dale, with a sigh
-as they walked away. “As Captain Jones is gone, I’ll have a try for
-some other American skipper.”
-
-But there was none in Brest at that time; and after a two days’ stay
-Dale said to Ethan,
-
-“I think I’ll go to L’Orient. There at least must be an American
-privateer there that I can get a berth in.”
-
-“I’ll go with you,” said Ethan; “then I shall go on to Paris, report my
-further failure to Dr. Franklin, and after that sail for home.”
-
-They traveled by diligence to L’Orient, which was no great distance
-from Brest. Dale at once sought out a shipping office which he knew to
-be much frequented by American shipmen in search of hands to man their
-crafts.
-
-A trim looking midshipman stood near the door, and he looked at them
-with attention as they entered. Directly behind him loomed a tall,
-spare, large boned man of singular erectness. He had an ugly sabre
-stroke across his face.
-
-“Longsword!” cried Ethan as his delighted eyes fell upon him.
-
-“Master Ethan,” came a deep chested shout from the Irish dragoon. Then
-with a wild Irish “hurro!” he leaped forward and clasped the boy in a
-bear-like hug.
-
-“I thought you had been taken prisoner,” gasped the young American,
-breathless from the pressure which the powerful trooper had put upon
-his ribs.
-
-“And so I would have been had it not been for that broth of a gossoon
-Rory McHale. I never saw such seamanship as he put out of him. When
-the mast went he had it cleared away in a few minutes; then he sailed
-so close in shore that me heart was in me mouth for fear of the rocks.
-But he slipped the Englishman, and by daylight we were far away. But,
-lad,” and his voice sank lower and a note of feeling crept into it that
-sounded strange in so grim a veteran, “I thought ye gone, indeed, when
-ye went over the stern. I thought to follow ye, but McHale held me
-back.”
-
-Ethan gripped the warm hearted fellow’s hand, with the tears standing
-in his eyes.
-
-“Good old Longsword!” he said, quietly. “There was never a time in my
-life that you were not willing and anxious to stand by me.”
-
-While they were speaking the middy had accosted Dale.
-
-“Looking for a ship?” asked he.
-
-“I am,” said Dale.
-
-“I’m shipping men for the Bon Homme Richard.”
-
-“Is she a privateer?”
-
-The middy laughed.
-
-“I should say not,” he replied. “Her commander is John Paul Jones.”
-
-Ethan heard these words, and both he and Dale uttered cries of surprise.
-
-“Captain Jones,” said the former. “Why, we heard that he had just put
-to sea.”
-
-“Right,” said the middy. “And he returned when one of his frigates ran
-into the flagship and stove a hole in her. We are laid up for repairs.”
-
-“Hurrah!” shouted Ethan, exultantly. Then turning to Dale he said:
-“You’ll ship with him after all, you see.”
-
-The trim young midshipman was all attention in a moment; good seamen
-were very scarce, and he liked Dale’s looks.
-
-“The captain will be here in a few moments,” he said, “and you can sign
-if you like. We need able seamen and warrant officers of a likely sort.”
-
-As he spoke the door opened and the slight, smartly uniformed figure of
-John Paul Jones entered the shipping office. His eyes lighted up at
-sight of Ethan, and in a moment they had clasped hands.
-
-When Ethan had sketched his experiences briefly, the captain said:
-
-“I am delighted that you have come through it all safely. After
-Longsword returned and told me how you were carried over the stern of
-the lugger by the falling mast, I gave you up for lost. And this is Mr.
-Dale, is it?”
-
-“Yes,” said Ethan; “and he wants to sail with you.”
-
-The American commander’s eyes gleamed with satisfaction as they took in
-all the fine qualities of the young sailor.
-
-“You are a seaman, then?” he said to Dale.
-
-“Yes, sir. My last berth was master’s mate aboard the Lexington.” Dale
-stood stiffly erect and saluted as he spoke.
-
-“I’ll ship you at the same rating,” said Jones. “I wish I could get
-more Americans to man my vessel.”
-
-“That should be very easy now, captain, dear,” said Longsword,
-eagerly. “That is if what I’ve just heard is true.”
-
-“And what is that?”
-
-“A lot of more than a hundred exchanged prisoners have just arrived at
-Nantes.”
-
-“Mr. Lunt,” and the captain turned to an officer who had accompanied
-him, “we want those men for the Richard, and must have them.”
-
-“We will have them, sir, if it is possible,” said Lunt, promptly. “I’ll
-send messengers to Nantes at once.”
-
-During the conversation that followed Lunt’s departure, Ethan had an
-opportunity to examine Paul Jones carefully. Deep lines of care were
-in his face--lines that had not been there before, and a sprinkling
-of silver also showed in his hair. And little wonder. Since returning
-from his voyage upon the Ranger, he had encountered nothing but
-heart-breaking delays, rebuffs and disappointments.
-
-Since France had also gone to war with England he had expected to
-receive command of a French ship to sail under the stars and stripes.
-But nothing had come of it. Hopes of one kind or another were held out
-to him from time to time, but all resulted in bitter disappointments.
-
-At length a rich banker of Paris, Le Ray de Chaumont, who admired the
-Americans and earnestly desired victory for the cause of liberty, took
-an active part in Jones’ affairs; and at last the king was moved to do
-something for the American officer.
-
-“We will place him in command of a squadron, make a descent upon
-Liverpool, and land a military force. Lafayette has just arrived from
-America in good time; we shall have him in command of the troops.”
-
-But there were no warships at hand for this venture; so, by request,
-Jones had gone from port seeking vessels that could be converted.
-At L’Orient he came upon a huge old-fashioned merchantman that had
-sailed for some fifteen years in the India trade and had been finally
-condemned, dismantled and allowed to gradually fall into a state of
-ruin. This old vessel was called the Due de Duras, and was the most
-likely one that the hard pressed officer could find.
-
-“She was eventually purchased for me,” John Paul Jones said, in telling
-Ethan the story, “and so were two other and smaller merchant ships--the
-Pallas and the Vengeance. A fine American frigate was also placed under
-my command; she is called the Alliance; then there is also the Cerf, a
-king’s cutter.
-
-“I at once set about getting these vessels into condition for the
-cruise. The name of the Due de Duras I changed to that of Bon Homme
-Richard. That, as I suppose you know, is the title of the French
-translation of Dr. Franklin’s ‘Poor Richard’s Almanac,’ of which I am a
-great admirer.”
-
-As Ethan learned, the Richard was a ship of obsolete type; her towering
-poop and top-gallant forecastle gave her a strange and ancient look.
-Neglect had rotted her timbers and weakened her frame; and she was
-scarcely sound enough to stand the necessary repairs.
-
-Nevertheless, her captain went bravely ahead and did all he could to
-strengthen her. He pierced her for twenty-eight guns on her main deck,
-and six on the tall forecastle and poop.
-
-“It was my intention to arm her with eighteen pounders,” the captain
-continued; “but could get nothing heavier than nine pounders for the
-quarter-deck and forecastle; but I got six eighteens for the deck
-below; they are poorly-made guns, however, and to speak the plain
-truth, I’m rather afraid of them.”
-
-“A poor ship,” commented Ethan, soberly. “It’s a great pity that
-something better could not be done for you.”
-
-“A vessel ill-adapted to warfare is not the worst that I have had to
-contend with,” returned Captain Jones, rather bitterly. “The crew
-that I was forced to ship is a most curious mixture of races, and
-the fiercest and most unruly body of men that I ever saw gathered
-upon a ship’s deck. There are a very few Americans; England, Ireland,
-Scotland, France and Norway have all contributed to my ship’s company,
-as have Africa, India and the Malayan Peninsula.
-
-“When my squadron sailed and I had brought my crew into some sort of
-discipline I fancied that my troubles were about over for a time. But
-then my captains, under the leadership of Pierre Landais, commander
-of the Alliance, began to show their teeth; and one night the Alliance
-ran afoul of the Richard, and we were compelled to put back for
-overhauling.”
-
-“It may not prove a bad thing either,” said Ethan at this point. “If
-you secure this cartel of exchanges at Nantes you’ll have a crew that
-you can rely upon.”
-
-As it afterward appeared, Ethan guessed the truth. The American
-prisoners about whom Longsword had spoken had just arrived in France,
-burning with the desire to fight against the country which had treated
-them so cruelly in its prisons. They were a fine body of men, stalwart
-and skilled in the handling of sea-going ships, and they leavened
-the mass of the Richard’s crew wonderfully when they came on board;
-from a semi-rabble of mutinous ruffians it came, in the end, to be as
-effective and steady a ship’s company as an officer could desire.
-
-The repairs upon the Bon Homme Richard were carried on rapidly. Dale
-took his place on board and his practical judgment and sound sense
-soon attracted the attention of all. He had a knack of handling men,
-and could get more labor out of them by a cheerful, encouraging manner
-than most of the others could by their hectoring and loud impatience.
-Captain Jones noticed this; the quiet, thorough manner of the young
-Virginian pleased him, for it spoke of an alert and ready mind.
-
-Ethan was aware of all this, and when, one day, Dale came to him with
-sparkling eyes and face flushed with pleasure, he was not at all
-surprised at his bursting out,
-
-“Old fellow, great news! Captain Jones has secured me a commission.”
-
-“I knew he would,” cried Ethan, delightedly. “He approved of your work
-from the first.”
-
-“But in my wildest flights, I’ve never hoped for so long a step,” said
-Dale. “I’m to be first lieutenant of the Richard.”
-
-Ethan whistled; Longsword, who stood at his side, raised his brows.
-
-“Well, I call that going up the ladder at a pretty stiff speed,” the
-Irishman remarked. “But, sure, it’s nothing more than your due, Mr.
-Dale; ye can handle men and things better nor any one I ever saw
-before.”
-
-It was one of the qualities of John Paul Jones that he recognized
-exceptional ability at a glance; and that he possessed this knack was
-a most fortunate thing for him at this most critical period in his
-career, for the time was fast approaching when the sterling metal of
-Richard Dale turned the scale in his favor and snatched victory from
-the very jaws of defeat.
-
-The little squadron left the roads of Groix on the morning of August
-14th, 1779, and ventured once more into the narrow seas. The expedition
-against Liverpool had been abandoned long before, and the further
-crippling of the commerce of England was now the object of the cruise.
-
-After some days out, and the capturing of a number of prizes, the
-Cerf, because of the insubordination of her crew, returned to France;
-the Alliance, whose captain, Landais, continued to give Jones trouble
-whenever he could, parted from the little fleet, and when the Firth of
-Forth was entered the Bon Homme Richard was accompanied only by the
-Vengeance and the Pallas.
-
-Many prizes were taken and many adventures were met with. Near
-Flamborough Head one evening the Richard sunk a collier; the Vengeance
-was near at hand, but the Pallas had borne off to the northeast in
-chase of a sloop. A pilot taken from the collier gave information
-regarding a fleet of forty-one sail from the Baltic and under convoy of
-two British ships of war. This immediately fired the ambition of John
-Paul Jones; if he could get into the midst of this huge, helpless fleet
-he could, perhaps, cut out a score of them.
-
-Toward daylight next morning he chased two ships for several hours;
-dawn revealed these to be the Alliance and the Pallas. Captain Jones at
-once communicated to their commanders the news of the nearness of the
-fleet of merchantmen.
-
-Ethan Carlyle had borne the news to the Alliance, and when the boat was
-once more hoisted into the Bon Homme Richard he said to Captain Jones:
-
-“Captain Landais does not seem at all delighted at the prospect. He
-seemed to fear that some of the vessels might be armed.”
-
-Paul Jones’ eyes flashed scornfully.
-
-“He’s of the same kidney as Simpson, then. I fancied as much.”
-
-They were still in the latitude of Flamborough Head, about two leagues
-off the English coast, when the Baltic fleet hove in sight. The great
-mass of merchantmen came stretching out from behind the Head, bearing
-northeast from the Richard.
-
-“Lay the ship as close to them as you can, Mr. Dale,” directed the
-commander.
-
-Dale put a press of sail upon the flagship and made for the convoy as
-the Richard passed the Alliance and Pallas, which hung close together.
-Paul Jones heard Landais call to the commander of the other vessel,
-
-“If they have above fifty guns there will be nothing left to do but run
-for it!”
-
-This was said, of course, in the presence of the crews of both ships,
-and had a most demoralizing effect upon them. In a very little while
-both vessels began beating to and fro in a hesitating, alarmed way,
-showing no disposition to advance.
-
-“We’ll have to attack alone, I think,” said Ethan to the commander.
-
-“It looks very much like it,” replied Jones, bitterly. “But we will do
-it, for there is no halting or turning back now.”
-
-And so the Bon Homme Richard bore down upon the fleet alone.
-
-As the pilot of the collier had said, the Baltic merchantmen were
-convoyed by two vessels of war. One of these was the Serapis, a new
-and splendid ship, mounting forty-four guns on two decks and carrying
-a crew of three hundred and twenty men. The other was the Countess of
-Scarborough, armed with twenty-four guns on her main deck and with a
-ship’s company of one hundred and fifty men.
-
-As the Richard came down upon them some of the frightened merchantmen
-began firing with their light guns. An alarm spread through the fleet
-at the sound of the guns; the two men-of-war were astern of them all,
-keeping them in place; but now at the signals of danger they both
-came to the front with great promptness, while the convoy scurried
-toward the shore once more. Captain Pearson of the Serapis knew with
-whom he had to deal; a little time before the bailiff of Scarborough
-Castle had put off in a boat and informed him that John Paul Jones was
-operating on the coast.
-
-The Englishman trusted to the guns of Scarborough Castle to protect the
-merchantmen while they stood out to sea and prepared for action.
-
-It was night before the Richard came up with them, as the breeze was
-very light; about eight bells both British ships tacked and stood in
-for shore; Jones at once altered his course with a view of cutting them
-off. At sight of this manœuvre the skipper of the Pallas thought the
-crew of the Richard had mutinied in the face of the foe; so he hauled
-his wind quickly and stood out. Landais brought the Alliance to a long
-distance to windward, and most coolly awaited developments, never
-seeming to trouble himself a moment over the fact that his duty called
-him to render the Richard all the aid in his power.
-
-As the ship of John Paul Jones drew near, a deep voice from the
-quarter-deck of the Serapis hailed her.
-
-“Ahoy! What ship is that?”
-
-It was then a quarter past eight; the moon swung like a great disc of
-silver in the heavens; the sea was scarcely ruffled, so still was the
-air. It was Richard Dale who answered the hail.
-
-“Come a little nearer,” he shouted, “and we’ll tell you!”
-
-The tall poop and forecastle of the Richard seemed to excite derision
-upon the British ship; she stood hugely out of the water with an
-ark-like loom; and she had a dull, slow-moving air, vastly different
-from the smart and powerful Serapis.
-
-“What are you laden with, old Noah’s ark?” called the voice from the
-Englishman, and the question was accompanied by contemptuous laughter.
-
-“We carry round, grape and double-headed shot,” answered Richard Dale.
-
-And no sooner had he uttered the words than a sheet of red flame burst
-from the side of the Serapis and she poured her range of upper and
-quarter-deck guns into the high hull of the Richard.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXIV
-
-HOW THE SERAPIS STRUCK HER FLAG
-
-
-John Paul Jones, a dark, slender figure, paced calmly to and fro upon
-his quarter-deck.
-
-“You may fire, Mr. Dale,” he said composedly.
-
-Dale passed the word; the gunners applied their matches and the whole
-broadside of the Richard hurled destruction at the grim Englishman.
-From that moment the night was ablaze; broadside answered broadside
-with echoing fury; the men at the guns, stripped to the waist, with
-hard set mouths and scowling brows, charged, rammed and fired like
-clockwork. Men standing behind screens, drenched with water, handed
-out charges of powder to boys who darted up and down the ladders like
-monkeys, passing the explosive to the guns.
-
-Every man was belted with cutlass and pistol; stands of grape and round
-shot, and boarding-pikes stood about. Grappling irons and boarding
-nettings were ready for instant use in case the ships should touch.
-Aloft the yards of the Richard swarmed with marines, muskets in hand;
-another large body of the sea-soldiery were also upon the poop and
-forecastle. These were Frenchmen; they were under the command of a
-colonel and, for the most part, were good marksmen.
-
-The rending thunder of the cannonade never halted for a moment. Ethan
-Carlyle and Longsword worked an after gun like furies; their bare
-bodies, in the light of the battle lanterns, were black with the grime
-of the guns; from beneath their sweat-matted shocks of hair their eyes
-glowed like coals.
-
-The Countess of Scarborough at the beginning of the fight had not dared
-to fire into the Richard for fear of injuring the Serapis; but as the
-battle grew older she began to seek a position from which she might
-venture to take part.
-
-Ethan noted this, for the moonlight showed them the ship’s actions; he
-said to Longsword,
-
-“There goes the other one; hot work, Shamus.”
-
-“The Pallas is going to meet her, faith,” cried the dragoon as that
-vessel suddenly darted into the blaze of the guns and made for the
-second Englishman.
-
-“No fear of the Alliance doing anything of the kind,” said Ethan,
-darting a fierce glance toward that splendid but silent frigate as
-she rose and fell to the seas, off in the moonlight. “If I were the
-commander of this squadron I’d hang that fellow Landais from his own
-yard arm as soon as this action was over!”
-
-The main deck batteries were working famously but soon Dale rushed up
-from below with news of disaster.
-
-“Three of the long eighteens on the starboard side have exploded, sir,”
-he reported to Captain Jones. “Most of their crews have been killed or
-injured.”
-
-The firm mouth of the chief tightened; then he replied:
-
-“Abandon those other eighteens upon the port side. I have always
-suspected the quality of those pieces, and feared that something like
-this might happen.”
-
-This order was carried out. From that time on all the heavy guns of the
-Richard were out of action; to win she must depend upon her lighter
-ones alone.
-
-For some time Pearson had been trying to get his vessel under the stern
-of the American ship; Jones prevented this by masterly seamanship. But
-the Richard answered her helm slowly, while the swift Serapis moved
-like a hawk. At length the Englishman secured the coveted position
-and the American’s deck was raked murderously by whole broadsides and
-showers of musketry. Some of the heavy shot went through and through
-the Richard’s rotten timbers; great holes were blown in her that gaped
-like windows.
-
-The marines fore and aft were killed in crowds; and at length the
-French colonel in charge of them withdrew what few remained to safer
-positions. In spite of the sand which had been thrown about, the decks
-of the converted Indiaman were slippery with blood; the killed lay upon
-every side, and the horrid, hopeless cries of the wounded were dreadful
-to hear. The guns of the Richard were useless while the Serapis held
-her present position; the only damage that the Americans were doing was
-by the small arms’ fire from the top.
-
-With his deck reeling beneath him, and the very frame of his crazy old
-ship almost rent asunder by the shocks of her own guns, the dauntless
-commander of the Bon Homme Richard sprang along his shot-swept rail
-into that sleet of death. He had seen the desperate efforts of Ethan
-Carlyle and Longsword to drag a gun to a position from which it could
-be brought to bear upon the enemy, and now lent his aid in placing it.
-
-“Warm work, sir!” panted the Irish dragoon.
-
-“Ay,” answered the commander grimly, as he sighted the gun, “and ’twill
-be hotter still before we are done.”
-
-“They don’t seem to be hulling us with their lower battery as they
-did some time ago,” said Ethan, who had noted this remarkable fact.
-Although the ships were within pistol shot of one another and the big
-guns of the Serapis roared incessantly they seemed to be doing no
-damage.
-
-“The reason is simple enough,” said the captain coolly, as he took the
-blazing match from Longsword’s hand. “Dale reports that they have shot
-six port holes into one on both sides and their balls are passing
-clear through us without striking.”
-
-As he fired the gun a man sprang upon deck and saluted. It was Richard
-Dale.
-
-“We are leaking badly, sir,” he said. “They have struck us repeatedly
-below the water line, and the surgeon has been forced to clear the
-cock-pit of all the wounded.”
-
-“Have you manned the pumps?”
-
-“Yes, sir.”
-
-Paul Jones gave a quick command. A number of guns were dragged to
-positions from which they could play upon the British ship. Their roar
-was growing in volume and steadiness, when suddenly the supply of
-powder ceased to be handed through the hatches.
-
-Richard Dale and Ethan Carlyle, at Jones’ command, plunged below to
-learn the cause of this.
-
-“Ammunition for the main deck,” roared Dale in a voice to be heard
-above the Englishman’s guns.
-
-The warrant officer in charge of the magazine stood at its locked door,
-a pistol in his hand, and when Dale and Ethan seized him roughly he
-said:
-
-“There was nothing else to do but lock the door, sir. The news came
-that the ship was sinking and the quartermaster released all the
-prisoners so that they might have a chance for their lives. See, the
-deck below here is crowded with them.”
-
-As Dale and Ethan looked they saw the truth of this; the gun deck
-was thronged with desperate looking men who greatly out-numbered the
-Richard’s crew, and they were huddling together, apparently for a rush
-to the main deck for an attempt to take the ship. The quick wit of
-Dale was equal to this new and novel danger. He leaped toward them and
-shouted in a voice that all could hear:
-
-“Men, the ship is sinking!”
-
-The faces of the great throng of released prisoners blanched; then Dale
-continued:
-
-“You have one chance for your lives; to the pumps, or you are all dead
-men!”
-
-With eager haste the British seamen sprang to obey; if they had known
-it, they could now have crawled through the ports of the Richard into
-the Serapis, for Captain Jones, by a masterly stroke of seamanship, had
-at length placed his vessel alongside the Englishman, and locked their
-yards together. But fate would have it that British brawn should keep
-the Richard afloat while her crew strove against their countrymen. As
-Ethan and Dale regained the main deck, the ammunition once more began
-to come through the hatches; but the guns were still silent.
-
-All this time the Serapis had been pouring death into the huge,
-helpless hulk of the American. The Richard was a wreck--shattered,
-reeling and all but sinking. Her crew had deserted her main deck, her
-dead lay about in heaps. The moonlight, streaming down upon the scene
-showed the slight figure of John Paul Jones as he worked desperately at
-a dismounted gun, almost alone, but with a determination to win that
-only death could destroy. Captain Pearson, of the Serapis, astonished
-at the Richard’s silence, now shouted:
-
-“Have you struck?”
-
-Jones lifted his head and his answer rang proudly above the din of the
-battle.
-
-“I have not yet begun to fight!”
-
-There was something in this answer that gave renewed courage to the
-American seamen; they manned their pieces once more; a steady fire
-from the tops slackened the gunnery of the Serapis, perceptibly; then a
-sudden flare showed the latter to be on fire, and her gun crews rushed
-to extinguish the blaze.
-
-In the meantime the Pallas had engaged the Countess of Scarborough,
-and after a brisk action had forced her to strike. The Alliance now
-advanced, and to the astonishment of all she poured a broadside into
-the Richard.
-
-“She’s been taken by the British!” gasped Longsword.
-
-“It’s that mad Frenchman, Landais,” cried Richard Dale, in a fury.
-“See, the signal is set,” pointing to the lights on the Richard’s side.
-“He cannot have mistaken us for the enemy.”
-
-The Alliance managed to dismount some guns and do the Richard
-considerable other damage before she silenced her fire, and hauled off
-once more.
-
-The fire from the Richard’s top had succeeded in clearing the Serapis
-above board; but her heavy guns on the lower deck were still pounding
-away in a most murderous fashion. The heavy lashings that Captain
-Jones had brought into use when the Richard’s bow touched the Serapis
-some time before were all that saved the former; had the Englishman
-managed to get free and been able to haul away, she could have sunk the
-American at her leisure.
-
-Under these conditions the battle continued to rage; hour after hour
-passed and still the bulldog Briton and the dauntless Yankee grappled
-in their death struggle, the red flare of the guns blazing paths of
-fire along the still waters of the sea. The pumps were still at work
-and the prisoners labored in relays; but the Richard sank lower and
-still lower in the water. Captain Jones was pounding away with two guns
-at the masts of the Serapis thinking to cripple her in this way and
-then secure a position in which he could rake her with his main deck
-battery. As this was proceeding Longsword plucked Dale by the sleeve.
-
-“Look there, on the main top.”
-
-Dale glanced upward, and saw Ethan Carlyle crawling out upon the yard.
-He had a ship’s bucket filled to the top with hand grenades; from the
-spar of the Richard he crept to that of the Serapis; when he reached
-a position directly over the deck of the British ship he paused and
-slung his bucket to the spar by a hook.
-
-[Illustration: _HE BEGAN TO THROW THE GRENADES_]
-
-Then he began to throw the grenades. There were but few men upon the
-deck of the Englishman, as has been said before, the musketry fire
-having driven most of them below; the grenades cleared these few away
-like magic; and then Ethan began to throw his explosives into the
-hatches. As fate would have it some loose powder upon the lower gun
-deck of the Serapis caught, and an instant later a sheet of flame went
-up, followed by the roar of a terrific explosion. A panic seized the
-crew of the Englishman; they rushed upon the deck throwing down their
-arms and crying for quarter.
-
-Ethan came down the ratlines of the Serapis like a flash, just as
-Richard Dale swung himself from a broken brace upon the quarter-deck,
-and the English captain with his own hands hauled down his flag.
-
-“Have you struck?” asked the gallant first officer of the Richard.
-
-“I have,” answered Captain Pearson.
-
-No sooner had the words been spoken than a man with a blood-stained
-bandage swathed about his head sprang upon deck; he had a sword in his
-hand and his fierce face was black with powder smoke and smeared with
-blood.
-
-“The officer below inquires if the enemy has surrendered,” he said to
-Captain Pearson.
-
-“Report to him that it is I who have surrendered,” returned Pearson,
-bitterly.
-
-“You!” exclaimed the man. “Why, in a few more broadsides they are ours.
-A prisoner just crawled through a port and says that they are sinking.”
-
-Captain Pearson cast a swift glance at the seamen of the Richard, who
-were now leaping upon his deck; but he drooped his head with a groan
-when he saw that he was powerless.
-
-“The Serapis has struck,” said Dale to the man with the bandaged head.
-“Pass the word below.”
-
-“Very well, sir,” said the man.
-
-Ethan was watching this man curiously, and when he turned to spring
-below he found the young American confronting him with ready cutlass.
-
-“Mr. Dale said pass the word,” said Ethan, sternly. “You need not
-bother about going below in person.”
-
-That it had been the man’s intention to tell his officer to continue
-the fight was clear from the baffled look which he gave Ethan. The
-latter then stepped close to him and continued in a low voice,
-
-“And another thing--I would very much like to have the paper which you
-took that night upon the by-road to London, Master Dirk Hatfield.”
-
-At the sound of his name, the highwayman made a sudden forward leap and
-cut desperately at Ethan; but the young American’s guard was up and
-he caught the descending blade upon his own; then with a twist of the
-wrist he disarmed his opponent and held his point at his throat.
-
-By this time the decks of the Serapis swarmed with American seamen.
-Longsword pinned the highwayman’s arms at his sides, while Ethan’s
-eager hands sought out the much desired dispatch. At length he drew it
-from an inner pocket and held it up with a cry of triumph.
-
-John Paul Jones, who stood near, turned upon the boy as he heard the
-cry.
-
-“What have you there?” he asked.
-
-“The dispatch,” exclaimed Ethan joyfully. “Here is the highwayman of
-whom I spoke to you,” pointing to Hatfield, “and he still had it in his
-possession.”
-
-“Fortune still follows you,” cried Jones as he took the paper which the
-lad held out to him.
-
-“And misfortune seems to follow me,” spoke the knight of the road as
-they led him away among the other prisoners. “There is ten thousand
-pounds gone to pot.”
-
-The crew of the Serapis was disarmed and imprisoned below. Then, as the
-shattered Richard threatened to sink at any moment, the prisoners and
-wounded were hastily distributed between the Pallas and the captured
-Englishman; the American commander and his crew shifting to the latter
-ship which, though badly crippled in the rigging, was still seaworthy.
-
-The Richard’s own crew and some from the Pallas strove at the pumps to
-keep out the inrushing water from the doomed vessel; but their efforts
-were of no avail, and on the morning of the twenty-fifth their officers
-called them away.
-
-As the last man was going over the side into Lieutenant Dale’s boat,
-Ethan Carlyle swarmed up the damaged shrouds of the American ship.
-
-“Come back,” shouted Dale. “She is going down.”
-
-But the boy continued upward till he reached the main top; then he drew
-from beneath his arm a flag, and with a few rapid blows nailed it to
-the mast. He had descended and clambered into the boat, which pulled
-rapidly away, before the Richard gave her last heavy shuddering lurch;
-then, with her battle flag streaming above her, she dipped grandly and
-sank slowly beneath the waves.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXV
-
-HOME AND LIBERTY
-
-
-The American squadron and its prizes put into the Texal; Landais was at
-once removed from his command and sent home to France. In a short time
-Paul Jones, with Ethan and Longsword, sailed in the Alliance for that
-country also, the commander having shifted his crew and officers into
-that vessel.
-
-The delight of Dr. Franklin at receiving the long lost dispatch was
-very great; and he thanked the three over and over again. The day
-following their arrival at Paris, he took Ethan aside.
-
-“There are many important things which I desire to say to Congress,”
-said the philosopher, “and I want a trusty messenger to carry my
-report. Will you go?”
-
-For some time Ethan had felt a longing for home and friends; and now
-that the paper was recovered he had nothing further to keep him in
-France. So he answered eagerly:
-
-“I will.”
-
-“Very well,” said Dr. Franklin in a pleased tone. “A French cruiser
-sails for Baltimore within a week.”
-
-“If your report is ready I will cross in her,” said Ethan, promptly.
-
-The minister’s dispatches were ready next day, and Ethan bid good-bye
-to Captain Jones and Richard Dale.
-
-“We stay to fight the English,” said the former, as he clasped the
-lad’s hand, “and you will return to fight them, I know.”
-
-“They are striking good blows at home,” said Dale, “and we upon this
-side must look to ourselves or we’ll be left far behind.”
-
-The last that Ethan saw of this gallant pair they were standing upon
-the flags of a Paris street waving their hats in farewell as he and
-Longsword once more took the road for Brest.
-
-The young American and Irish dragoon arrived in good time at that
-seaport and boarded the cruiser the day before she sailed. After
-a voyage of six weeks against contrary winds they were landed at
-Baltimore, and at once set out for Philadelphia.
-
-Since they had set foot in that city it had been in the hands of the
-British, and Sir Henry Clinton had only evacuated it a short time
-before.
-
-Dr. Franklin’s dispatches were delivered to Mr. Hancock, and were
-eagerly received and laid before Congress.
-
-“I hope, sir,” said Ethan to Mr. Jefferson when he presented himself
-to the great Virginian, “that you did not object to my sailing with
-Captain Jones and so delaying my return.”
-
-“Not in the least,” said Mr. Jefferson. “Dr. Franklin wrote me the
-reason for it; you did what I would have expected you to do--and you
-did it well.”
-
-“Things are going badly for the cause, sir, I hear.”
-
-“You arrive home at the country’s most gloomy period,” said Jefferson,
-gravely. “Dark shadows seem to overhang us, and the British press
-upon us from every side; the want of money makes Congress all but
-helpless; our armies are lately scattered in the south, and in the
-north Washington can do little more than fly before the battalions of
-Clinton.”
-
-There was a silence between them for some time; then Ethan said
-quietly:
-
-“In that case, sir, it seems to me that the nation wants a soldier much
-more than you want a secretary.”
-
-Jefferson took his meaning instantly, and wrung his hand.
-
-“You are right,” said he heartily. “But why not the navy? You are a
-born sailor.”
-
-“I have witnessed too much of the delays of that branch of the
-service,” said Ethan. “Constant waiting ashore for a ship while my
-country needed my strength would be more than I could stand.”
-
-“Then the army it shall be,” cried Mr. Jefferson. “You shall have a
-commission within the week.”
-
-The Virginian was as good as his word. The commission was in Ethan’s
-hands in a week’s time; and in a fortnight he was serving as a
-lieutenant in a regiment of horse in the army under Washington.
-
-As the years of the conflict unrolled he rose in rank and in the esteem
-of his commanders. Was there a hard-fought field, where only desperate
-courage and shrewd blows carried the patriots to victory? Then there
-you would be sure to find Ethan Carlyle, in the press of it, and at
-his side the grim old war dog, Longsword.
-
-And when peace spread her glittering wings above a new-born nation, the
-gallant boy, now grown a young man, and with the epaulets of a major
-upon his broad shoulders, laid down his bright sword with a sigh of
-mingled regret and satisfaction.
-
-“The war is done,” said Longsword.
-
-“Yes,” replied Ethan, soberly. “The war is done; and now comes the
-longer struggle to give the nation permanent life.”
-
-
-THE END
-
-
-
-
-TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES:
-
-
- Italicized text is surrounded by underscores: _italics_.
-
- Obvious typographical errors have been corrected.
-
- Inconsistencies in hyphenation have been standardized.
-
- Superscript letters are preceded by a carat character: M^cIntyre.
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK WITH JOHN PAUL JONES ***
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
-United States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
- you are located before using this eBook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that:
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
-widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.